Merge lp:~greg-hellings/bibletime/debian into lp:bibletime/debian
- debian
- Merge into main
Proposed by
Greg Hellings
Status: | Needs review |
---|---|
Proposed branch: | lp:~greg-hellings/bibletime/debian |
Merge into: | lp:bibletime/debian |
Diff against target: |
94902 lines (+29158/-27645) 487 files modified
CMakeLists.txt (+87/-42) ChangeLog (+24/-0) cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake (+2/-24) cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake (+15/-10) cmake/FindCLucene.cmake (+3/-0) cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake (+1/-1) debian/changelog (+6/-0) debian/control (+1/-1) debian/source/options (+1/-0) docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook (+9/-7) docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html (+8/-6) docs/handbook/de/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/en/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/es/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/it/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook (+3/-3) docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook (+10/-10) docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook (+13/-13) docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook (+43/-41) docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook (+104/-94) docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook (+15/-15) docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook (+11/-10) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html (+19/-19) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html (+11/-11) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html (+14/-14) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html (+1/-1) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html (+17/-16) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html (+2/-2) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html (+9/-8) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html (+11/-13) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html (+3/-3) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html (+93/-82) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html (+4/-4) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html (+6/-6) docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html (+16/-15) docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+219/-180) docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+300/-278) docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+268/-237) docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook (+42/-60) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+10/-13) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-6) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-3) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-13) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+30/-24) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+10/-12) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-8) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html (+19/-16) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+4/-6) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html (+5/-29) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html (+15/-24) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html (+20/-18) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+21/-20) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+20/-18) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+10/-9) docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html (+65/-56) docs/howto/ar/html/index.html (+10/-16) docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+217/-183) docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+281/-282) docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+212/-199) docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook (+41/-61) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+9/-12) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-4) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-13) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html (+8/-9) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+23/-25) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+8/-14) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-13) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html (+15/-16) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+3/-5) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html (+5/-29) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html (+12/-23) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html (+18/-19) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+14/-14) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html (+35/-36) docs/howto/bg/html/index.html (+9/-17) docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+217/-183) docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+283/-283) docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+212/-197) docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook (+41/-61) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+21/-23) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+10/-10) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+4/-4) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html (+2/-1) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+16/-14) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html (+16/-16) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+31/-31) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+11/-17) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+14/-12) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html (+20/-20) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+9/-10) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+2/-2) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html (+7/-30) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html (+16/-26) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html (+21/-21) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+21/-20) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+21/-21) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+16/-15) docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html (+68/-67) docs/howto/cs/html/index.html (+13/-19) docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+222/-187) docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+286/-289) docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+210/-197) docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook (+43/-63) docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+11/-14) docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+10/-10) docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-3) docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-13) docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html (+9/-10) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+22/-25) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+10/-17) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+10/-11) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html (+15/-16) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+4/-6) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html (+9/-33) docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html (+14/-24) docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html (+17/-18) docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+14/-14) docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html (+34/-35) docs/howto/da/html/index.html (+11/-19) docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+220/-185) docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+301/-304) docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+241/-227) docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook (+42/-62) docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+7/-10) docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+4/-4) docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+18/-16) docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html (+9/-10) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+35/-37) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+8/-15) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+12/-12) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html (+12/-13) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+3/-5) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html (+9/-34) docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html (+17/-28) docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html (+19/-21) docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+16/-16) docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+22/-21) docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html (+45/-46) docs/howto/de/html/index.html (+10/-18) docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+273/-197) docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+350/-310) docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+328/-211) docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook (+47/-64) docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+30/-21) docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+14/-6) docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+8/-4) docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html (+4/-3) docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+23/-9) docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html (+19/-17) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+39/-30) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+19/-12) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html (+25/-22) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+12/-13) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+3/-2) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html (+14/-40) docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html (+25/-29) docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html (+29/-17) docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+30/-16) docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+34/-15) docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+20/-8) docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html (+96/-44) docs/howto/en/html/index.html (+18/-21) docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+220/-188) docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+302/-307) docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+268/-272) docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook (+44/-64) docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+11/-16) docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-4) docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-13) docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html (+9/-10) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+30/-33) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+10/-16) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-14) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html (+19/-20) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+4/-7) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html (+7/-31) docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html (+15/-27) docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html (+20/-23) docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+21/-23) docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+21/-26) docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+11/-13) docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html (+66/-74) docs/howto/es/html/index.html (+11/-19) docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+219/-185) docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+294/-305) docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+247/-242) docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook (+42/-61) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+11/-14) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-4) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-13) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html (+9/-10) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+26/-28) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+10/-17) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-15) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html (+15/-17) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+4/-7) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html (+7/-32) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html (+15/-30) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html (+20/-22) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+21/-23) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+21/-24) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+11/-12) docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html (+47/-50) docs/howto/fi/html/index.html (+9/-17) docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+216/-183) docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+286/-290) docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+216/-205) docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook (+42/-61) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+9/-12) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-4) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-14) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html (+8/-9) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+23/-25) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+8/-15) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+14/-16) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html (+15/-16) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+3/-5) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html (+9/-33) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html (+13/-24) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html (+19/-21) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+14/-14) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html (+37/-39) docs/howto/fr/html/index.html (+9/-17) docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+219/-183) docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+304/-310) docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+270/-259) docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook (+44/-65) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+11/-16) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-6) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+4/-5) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html (+2/-2) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+16/-14) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html (+10/-10) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+30/-31) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+10/-17) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-15) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html (+19/-21) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+4/-7) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html (+8/-32) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html (+15/-27) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html (+20/-23) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+21/-20) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+20/-24) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+12/-11) docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html (+66/-66) docs/howto/hu/html/index.html (+12/-21) docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+220/-189) docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+304/-311) docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+268/-267) docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook (+42/-61) docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+11/-14) docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+10/-11) docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-4) docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-15) docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html (+9/-10) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+30/-32) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+10/-15) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html (+19/-23) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+4/-6) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html (+8/-32) docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html (+15/-29) docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html (+20/-24) docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+21/-24) docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+20/-24) docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+11/-12) docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html (+67/-70) docs/howto/it/html/index.html (+10/-17) docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+217/-183) docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+279/-272) docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+210/-197) docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook (+41/-61) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+9/-12) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+2/-3) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+15/-13) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html (+8/-9) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+23/-22) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+8/-12) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-11) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html (+15/-16) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+3/-5) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html (+6/-29) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html (+11/-22) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html (+18/-19) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+14/-14) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html (+33/-34) docs/howto/ko/html/index.html (+9/-17) docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+218/-184) docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+286/-289) docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+212/-201) docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook (+41/-61) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+9/-12) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-4) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+16/-14) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html (+8/-9) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+23/-26) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+8/-14) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-14) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html (+15/-16) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+3/-5) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html (+8/-32) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html (+13/-24) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html (+18/-20) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+14/-14) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html (+35/-37) docs/howto/nl/html/index.html (+9/-17) docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+213/-175) docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+271/-269) docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+187/-173) docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook (+44/-64) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+7/-10) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+4/-3) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+3/-4) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html (+1/-1) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+18/-14) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html (+7/-7) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+12/-14) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+9/-14) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+10/-9) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html (+12/-13) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+4/-6) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html (+8/-32) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html (+13/-23) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html (+14/-14) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+3/-3) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+22/-23) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+3/-3) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html (+20/-21) docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html (+12/-20) docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook (+217/-183) docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook (+283/-283) docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook (+212/-199) docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook (+41/-61) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html (+9/-12) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html (+9/-9) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html (+4/-5) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html (+2/-2) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html (+16/-14) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html (+8/-9) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html (+23/-25) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html (+8/-14) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html (+13/-12) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html (+15/-16) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html (+3/-5) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html (+1/-2) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html (+6/-30) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html (+12/-23) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html (+18/-19) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html (+15/-15) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html (+14/-15) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html (+8/-8) docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html (+34/-35) docs/howto/ru/html/index.html (+9/-17) i18n/handbook/handbook-ar.po (+6/-30) i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po (+4/-119) i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po (+31/-158) i18n/handbook/handbook-es.po (+6/-78) i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po (+4/-4) i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po (+4/-4) i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po (+9/-29) i18n/handbook/handbook-it.po (+9/-29) i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po (+4/-4) i18n/handbook/handbook-pt_BR.po (+371/-401) i18n/handbook/handbook.pot (+4/-4) i18n/howto/howto-ar.po (+909/-440) i18n/howto/howto-bg.po (+494/-449) i18n/howto/howto-cs.po (+494/-457) i18n/howto/howto-da.po (+575/-518) i18n/howto/howto-de.po (+688/-700) i18n/howto/howto-es.po (+905/-458) i18n/howto/howto-fi.po (+814/-461) i18n/howto/howto-fr.po (+692/-601) i18n/howto/howto-hu.po (+905/-442) i18n/howto/howto-it.po (+909/-452) i18n/howto/howto-ko.po (+521/-483) i18n/howto/howto-nl.po (+494/-461) i18n/howto/howto-pt_BR.po (+572/-595) i18n/howto/howto-ru.po (+498/-460) i18n/howto/howto.pot (+457/-459) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ar.ts (+76/-71) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts (+217/-565) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts (+76/-71) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts (+18/-14) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts (+86/-79) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts (+76/-71) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts (+79/-74) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts (+79/-74) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts (+79/-74) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts (+75/-70) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt.ts (+89/-441) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_BR.ts (+75/-70) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts (+99/-94) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts (+78/-73) i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts (+76/-71) src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.cpp (+9/-0) src/backend/drivers/cswordlexiconmoduleinfo.cpp (+2/-7) src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp (+6/-6) src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp (+117/-99) src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h (+27/-21) src/backend/rendering/cdisplayrendering.cpp (+3/-4) src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp (+1/-4) src/backend/rendering/ctextrendering.h (+2/-0) src/bibletime.cpp (+1/-1) src/display-templates/Basic.tmpl (+5/-5) src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkloader.cpp (+4/-0) src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp (+5/-0) src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp (+4/-0) src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp (+1/-0) src/frontend/btmenuview.cpp (+22/-20) src/frontend/btmenuview.h (+1/-1) src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp (+6/-6) src/frontend/cmdiarea.cpp (+3/-0) src/frontend/cprinter.cpp (+4/-9) src/frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.cpp (+1/-1) src/frontend/display/bthtmlreaddisplay.cpp (+4/-0) src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.cpp (+2/-2) src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.cpp (+2/-2) src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.h (+1/-1) src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btlanguagesettings.cpp (+1/-1) src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp (+8/-4) src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp (+1/-60) src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.h (+83/-2) src/main.cpp (+14/-4) |
To merge this branch: | bzr merge lp:~greg-hellings/bibletime/debian |
Related bugs: |
Reviewer | Review Type | Date Requested | Status |
---|---|---|---|
Dimitri John Ledkov | Pending | ||
Review via email: mp+172847@code.launchpad.net |
Commit message
Description of the change
To post a comment you must log in.
Unmerged revisions
- 73. By Greg Hellings
-
New upstream version 2.9.2.
Preview Diff
[H/L] Next/Prev Comment, [J/K] Next/Prev File, [N/P] Next/Prev Hunk
1 | === modified file 'CMakeLists.txt' | |||
2 | --- CMakeLists.txt 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
3 | +++ CMakeLists.txt 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4 | @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ | |||
5 | 21 | 21 | ||
6 | 22 | SET(BT_VERSION_MAJOR "2") | 22 | SET(BT_VERSION_MAJOR "2") |
7 | 23 | SET(BT_VERSION_MINOR "9") | 23 | SET(BT_VERSION_MINOR "9") |
9 | 24 | SET(BT_VERSION_PATCH "1") | 24 | SET(BT_VERSION_PATCH "2") |
10 | 25 | #SET(BT_VERSION_BUILD "") # Temporarily uncomment this line for release procedures | 25 | #SET(BT_VERSION_BUILD "") # Temporarily uncomment this line for release procedures |
11 | 26 | 26 | ||
12 | 27 | 27 | ||
13 | @@ -51,18 +51,35 @@ | |||
14 | 51 | ENDIF (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") | 51 | ENDIF (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") |
15 | 52 | 52 | ||
16 | 53 | #Non-English locales to be processed and installed for UI, handbook and howto | 53 | #Non-English locales to be processed and installed for UI, handbook and howto |
18 | 54 | LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it nl nn_NO pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk zh_TW) | 54 | LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS ar da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it nl pt pt_BR ru sk zh_TW) |
19 | 55 | #WARNING: If you modify HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS or HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS, | 55 | #WARNING: If you modify HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS or HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS, |
20 | 56 | #also modify the po4a conf files in cmake/docs/ to make sure all languages are processed. | 56 | #also modify the po4a conf files in cmake/docs/ to make sure all languages are processed. |
22 | 57 | LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs de es fi fr hu it nl pt_BR) | 57 | LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs de es hu it pt_BR) |
23 | 58 | LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS ar bg cs da de es fi fr it hu ko nl pt_BR ru) | 58 | LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS ar bg cs da de es fi fr it hu ko nl pt_BR ru) |
24 | 59 | 59 | ||
25 | 60 | IF(NOT BT_FORCE_USE_QT4) | ||
26 | 61 | # Automatically use Qt5 if available | ||
27 | 62 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Core QUIET) | ||
28 | 63 | ENDIF() | ||
29 | 64 | |||
30 | 60 | # Find required packages | 65 | # Find required packages |
36 | 61 | SET(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.5.0) | 66 | IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) |
37 | 62 | SET(QT_USE_QTXML 1) | 67 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5LinguistTools REQUIRED) |
38 | 63 | SET(QT_USE_QTWEBKIT 1) | 68 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5PrintSupport REQUIRED) |
39 | 64 | SET(QT_USE_QTMAIN 1) | 69 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5WebKit REQUIRED) |
40 | 65 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt4 REQUIRED) | 70 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5WebKitWidgets REQUIRED) |
41 | 71 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Widgets REQUIRED) | ||
42 | 72 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Xml REQUIRED) | ||
43 | 73 | MESSAGE( "-- Found Qt5") | ||
44 | 74 | ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
45 | 75 | SET(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.5.0) | ||
46 | 76 | SET(QT_USE_QTXML 1) | ||
47 | 77 | SET(QT_USE_QTWEBKIT 1) | ||
48 | 78 | SET(QT_USE_QTMAIN 1) | ||
49 | 79 | FIND_PACKAGE(Qt4 REQUIRED) | ||
50 | 80 | MESSAGE( "-- Found Qt4") | ||
51 | 81 | ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
52 | 82 | |||
53 | 66 | IF (QT_QTDBUS_FOUND AND NOT APPLE) | 83 | IF (QT_QTDBUS_FOUND AND NOT APPLE) |
54 | 67 | SET(QT_USE_QTDBUS 1) | 84 | SET(QT_USE_QTDBUS 1) |
55 | 68 | MESSAGE(STATUS "Using DBUS") | 85 | MESSAGE(STATUS "Using DBUS") |
56 | @@ -91,6 +108,7 @@ | |||
57 | 91 | IF (APPLE) | 108 | IF (APPLE) |
58 | 92 | SET(BT_DESTINATION "../MacOS/") | 109 | SET(BT_DESTINATION "../MacOS/") |
59 | 93 | SET(BT_SHARE_PATH "../share/") | 110 | SET(BT_SHARE_PATH "../share/") |
60 | 111 | SET(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER "/usr/bin/g++") | ||
61 | 94 | ENDIF (APPLE) | 112 | ENDIF (APPLE) |
62 | 95 | 113 | ||
63 | 96 | # Define $bibletime_SOURCES | 114 | # Define $bibletime_SOURCES |
64 | @@ -99,19 +117,35 @@ | |||
65 | 99 | # | 117 | # |
66 | 100 | # The actual build options | 118 | # The actual build options |
67 | 101 | # | 119 | # |
81 | 102 | INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( | 120 | IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) |
82 | 103 | ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui | 121 | INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( |
83 | 104 | ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work | 122 | ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui |
84 | 105 | ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers | 123 | ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work |
85 | 106 | ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h | 124 | ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers |
86 | 107 | ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR} | 125 | ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h |
87 | 108 | ) | 126 | ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR} |
88 | 109 | 127 | ${Qt5PrintSupport_INCLUDE_DIRS} | |
89 | 110 | # this will run uic on .ui files: | 128 | ${Qt5WebKitWidgets_INCLUDE_DIRS} |
90 | 111 | QT4_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS}) | 129 | ${Qt5Widgets_INCLUDE_DIRS} |
91 | 112 | 130 | ${Qt5Xml_INCLUDE_DIRS} | |
92 | 113 | # this will run moc on source files | 131 | ) |
93 | 114 | QT4_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS}) | 132 | ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) |
94 | 133 | INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( | ||
95 | 134 | ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui | ||
96 | 135 | ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work | ||
97 | 136 | ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers | ||
98 | 137 | ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h | ||
99 | 138 | ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR} | ||
100 | 139 | ) | ||
101 | 140 | ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
102 | 141 | |||
103 | 142 | IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
104 | 143 | QT5_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS}) | ||
105 | 144 | QT5_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS}) | ||
106 | 145 | ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
107 | 146 | QT4_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS}) | ||
108 | 147 | QT4_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS}) | ||
109 | 148 | ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
110 | 115 | 149 | ||
111 | 116 | SOURCE_GROUP("QM Files" REGULAR_EXPRESSION ".*\\.qm") | 150 | SOURCE_GROUP("QM Files" REGULAR_EXPRESSION ".*\\.qm") |
112 | 117 | 151 | ||
113 | @@ -160,27 +194,44 @@ | |||
114 | 160 | # ) | 194 | # ) |
115 | 161 | #ENDIF (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") | 195 | #ENDIF (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release") |
116 | 162 | 196 | ||
127 | 163 | INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE}) | 197 | IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) |
128 | 164 | TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} | 198 | TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} |
129 | 165 | ${QT_LIBRARIES} | 199 | ${Qt5Widgets_LIBRARIES} |
130 | 166 | ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY} | 200 | ${Qt5Xml_LIBRARIES} |
131 | 167 | ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | 201 | ${Qt5Core_LIBRARIES} |
132 | 168 | ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | 202 | ${Qt5WebKitWidgets_LIBRARIES} |
133 | 169 | ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | 203 | ${Qt5WebKit_LIBRARIES} |
134 | 170 | ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | 204 | ${Qt5PrintSupport_LIBRARIES} |
135 | 171 | ${SWORD_LIBRARY} | 205 | ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY} |
136 | 172 | ) | 206 | ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found |
137 | 207 | ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | ||
138 | 208 | ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | ||
139 | 209 | ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | ||
140 | 210 | ${SWORD_LIBRARY} | ||
141 | 211 | ) | ||
142 | 212 | qt5_use_modules(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} Widgets WebKit Network) | ||
143 | 213 | ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
144 | 214 | INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE}) | ||
145 | 215 | TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} | ||
146 | 216 | ${QT_LIBRARIES} | ||
147 | 217 | ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY} | ||
148 | 218 | ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | ||
149 | 219 | ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | ||
150 | 220 | ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | ||
151 | 221 | ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found | ||
152 | 222 | ${SWORD_LIBRARY} | ||
153 | 223 | ) | ||
154 | 224 | ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
155 | 173 | 225 | ||
156 | 174 | IF (APPLE) | 226 | IF (APPLE) |
157 | 175 | # enable support MacOS 10.5+ | 227 | # enable support MacOS 10.5+ |
158 | 176 | SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} | 228 | SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} |
159 | 177 | PROPERTIES | 229 | PROPERTIES |
162 | 178 | COMPILE_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk" | 230 | COMPILE_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.8.sdk/" |
163 | 179 | LINK_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk" | 231 | LINK_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.8.sdk/ -F /Library/Frameworks/" |
164 | 180 | ) | 232 | ) |
165 | 181 | ENDIF (APPLE) | 233 | ENDIF (APPLE) |
166 | 182 | 234 | ||
167 | 183 | |||
168 | 184 | IF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) | 235 | IF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) |
169 | 185 | SET(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "install/") #install to ./build/install, allow override | 236 | SET(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "install/") #install to ./build/install, allow override |
170 | 186 | ENDIF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) | 237 | ENDIF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT) |
171 | @@ -216,14 +267,8 @@ | |||
172 | 216 | DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/icons/" | 267 | DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/icons/" |
173 | 217 | ) | 268 | ) |
174 | 218 | # display templates | 269 | # display templates |
183 | 219 | FILE(GLOB INSTALL_DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_LIST ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/*.tmpl) | 270 | INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/ |
184 | 220 | INSTALL(FILES ${INSTALL_DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_LIST} | 271 | DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/") |
177 | 221 | DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/" | ||
178 | 222 | ) | ||
179 | 223 | FILE(GLOB INSTALL_DISPLAY_CSS_LIST ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/*.css) | ||
180 | 224 | INSTALL(FILES ${INSTALL_DISPLAY_CSS_LIST} | ||
181 | 225 | DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/" | ||
182 | 226 | ) | ||
185 | 227 | # javascript | 272 | # javascript |
186 | 228 | INSTALL(FILES "src/frontend/display/bthtml.js" | 273 | INSTALL(FILES "src/frontend/display/bthtml.js" |
187 | 229 | DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/javascript/" | 274 | DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/javascript/" |
188 | 230 | 275 | ||
189 | === modified file 'ChangeLog' | |||
190 | --- ChangeLog 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
191 | +++ ChangeLog 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
192 | @@ -1,3 +1,27 @@ | |||
193 | 1 | 2013-06-03 Jaak Ristioja <jaak@ristioja.ee> | ||
194 | 2 | * Released 2.9.2. | ||
195 | 3 | |||
196 | 4 | 2013-05-19 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com> | ||
197 | 5 | * Fix multi-arch path issue in FindCLucene.cmake | ||
198 | 6 | |||
199 | 7 | 2013-05-18 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com> | ||
200 | 8 | * Changes needed for Qt5 | ||
201 | 9 | |||
202 | 10 | 2013-05-18 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com> | ||
203 | 11 | * Fix problem with text not displaying when using QtWebKit 2.3 | ||
204 | 12 | |||
205 | 13 | 2012-09-10 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com> | ||
206 | 14 | * Fix bug 14 - Headers displayed as plain text in some modules | ||
207 | 15 | |||
208 | 16 | 2012-03-30 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com> | ||
209 | 17 | * Fix crash when closing window with tab. | ||
210 | 18 | |||
211 | 19 | 2012-02-25 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com> | ||
212 | 20 | * Fix bug 3483206 where duplicate works menus appear on ubuntu with its Global Menus | ||
213 | 21 | |||
214 | 22 | 2011-12-28 Jaak Ristioja <jaak@ristioja.ee> | ||
215 | 23 | * Fixed settings dialog tab contents not being translated. | ||
216 | 24 | |||
217 | 1 | 2011-12-22 Jaak Ristioja <jaak@ristioja.ee> | 25 | 2011-12-22 Jaak Ristioja <jaak@ristioja.ee> |
218 | 2 | * Released 2.9.1. | 26 | * Released 2.9.1. |
219 | 3 | 27 | ||
220 | 4 | 28 | ||
221 | === modified file 'cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake' | |||
222 | --- cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake 2010-11-09 06:29:29 +0000 | |||
223 | +++ cmake/BTBinaryPackageMacOS.cmake 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
224 | @@ -20,32 +20,11 @@ | |||
225 | 20 | INSTALL(CODE " | 20 | INSTALL(CODE " |
226 | 21 | FILE(GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS | 21 | FILE(GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS |
227 | 22 | \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}\") | 22 | \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}\") |
230 | 23 | # FILE(GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS | 23 | |
229 | 24 | # \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/*.bundle\") | ||
231 | 25 | INCLUDE(BundleUtilities) | 24 | INCLUDE(BundleUtilities) |
232 | 26 | 25 | ||
233 | 27 | |||
234 | 28 | function(gp_item_default_embedded_path_override item default_embedded_path_var) | ||
235 | 29 | set(path \"\@executable_path/../MacOS\") | ||
236 | 30 | set(overridden 0) | ||
237 | 31 | |||
238 | 32 | if(item MATCHES \"plugins/iconengines/.*\\\\.dylib$\") | ||
239 | 33 | set(path \"\@executable_path/plugins/iconengines\") | ||
240 | 34 | set(overridden 1) | ||
241 | 35 | endif(item MATCHES \"plugins/iconengines/.*\\\\.dylib$\") | ||
242 | 36 | |||
243 | 37 | if(item MATCHES \"plugins/imageformats/.*\\\\.dylib$\") | ||
244 | 38 | set(path \"\@executable_path/plugins/imageformats\") | ||
245 | 39 | set(overridden 1) | ||
246 | 40 | endif(item MATCHES \"plugins/imageformats/.*\\\\.dylib$\") | ||
247 | 41 | |||
248 | 42 | if (overridden) | ||
249 | 43 | set(\${default_embedded_path_var} \"\${path}\" PARENT_SCOPE) | ||
250 | 44 | endif (overridden) | ||
251 | 45 | endfunction(gp_item_default_embedded_path_override) | ||
252 | 46 | |||
253 | 47 | FIXUP_BUNDLE( | 26 | FIXUP_BUNDLE( |
255 | 48 | \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/BibleTime\" | 27 | \"\${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/BibleTime\" |
256 | 49 | \"\${QTPLUGINS}\" | 28 | \"\${QTPLUGINS}\" |
257 | 50 | \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/imageformats;\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/iconengines\" | 29 | \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/imageformats;\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/iconengines\" |
258 | 51 | ) | 30 | ) |
259 | @@ -64,4 +43,3 @@ | |||
260 | 64 | 43 | ||
261 | 65 | INCLUDE(CPack) | 44 | INCLUDE(CPack) |
262 | 66 | ENDIF(APPLE) | 45 | ENDIF(APPLE) |
263 | 67 | |||
264 | 68 | 46 | ||
265 | === modified file 'cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake' | |||
266 | --- cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake 2010-11-09 06:29:29 +0000 | |||
267 | +++ cmake/BTUITranslation.cmake 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
268 | @@ -1,16 +1,21 @@ | |||
269 | 1 | SET(bibletime_UI_translations) | 1 | SET(bibletime_UI_translations) |
270 | 2 | 2 | ||
276 | 3 | FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE | 3 | IF (Qt5Core_FOUND) |
277 | 4 | NAMES lupdate-qt4 lupdate | 4 | SET(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE ${Qt5_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE}) |
278 | 5 | PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} | 5 | SET(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE ${Qt5_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE}) |
279 | 6 | NO_DEFAULT_PATH | 6 | ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND) |
280 | 7 | ) | 7 | FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE |
281 | 8 | NAMES lupdate-qt4 lupdate | ||
282 | 9 | PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} | ||
283 | 10 | NO_DEFAULT_PATH | ||
284 | 11 | ) | ||
285 | 8 | 12 | ||
291 | 9 | FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE | 13 | FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE |
292 | 10 | NAMES lrelease-qt4 lrelease | 14 | NAMES lrelease-qt4 lrelease |
293 | 11 | PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} | 15 | PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR} |
294 | 12 | NO_DEFAULT_PATH | 16 | NO_DEFAULT_PATH |
295 | 13 | ) | 17 | ) |
296 | 18 | ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND) | ||
297 | 14 | 19 | ||
298 | 15 | FOREACH(MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG ${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS}) | 20 | FOREACH(MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG ${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS}) |
299 | 16 | ADD_CUSTOM_COMMAND(OUTPUT "bibletime_ui_${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG}.qm" | 21 | ADD_CUSTOM_COMMAND(OUTPUT "bibletime_ui_${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG}.qm" |
300 | 17 | 22 | ||
301 | === modified file 'cmake/FindCLucene.cmake' | |||
302 | --- cmake/FindCLucene.cmake 2011-11-27 00:15:09 +0000 | |||
303 | +++ cmake/FindCLucene.cmake 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
304 | @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ | |||
305 | 42 | SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS | 42 | SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS |
306 | 43 | $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} | 43 | $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} |
307 | 44 | ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} | 44 | ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} |
308 | 45 | /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu | ||
309 | 46 | /usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu | ||
310 | 45 | /usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} | 47 | /usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} |
311 | 46 | /opt/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} | 48 | /opt/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} |
312 | 47 | /usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} | 49 | /usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} |
313 | @@ -54,6 +56,7 @@ | |||
314 | 54 | $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/include | 56 | $ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/include |
315 | 55 | ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include | 57 | ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include |
316 | 56 | /usr/local/include | 58 | /usr/local/include |
317 | 59 | /opt/local/include | ||
318 | 57 | /usr/include | 60 | /usr/include |
319 | 58 | /sw/include | 61 | /sw/include |
320 | 59 | /usr/pkg/include | 62 | /usr/pkg/include |
321 | 60 | 63 | ||
322 | === modified file 'cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake' | |||
323 | --- cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake 2009-11-19 00:53:10 +0000 | |||
324 | +++ cmake/platforms/linux/bibletime.desktop.cmake 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
325 | @@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ | |||
326 | 22 | GenericName=Bible Study Tool | 22 | GenericName=Bible Study Tool |
327 | 23 | Terminal=false | 23 | Terminal=false |
328 | 24 | Type=Application | 24 | Type=Application |
330 | 25 | Categories=X-Bible;X-Religion;Literature;Education;Dictionary;Qt | 25 | Categories=X-Bible;X-Religion;Literature;Education;Dictionary;Qt; |
331 | 26 | DocPath=bibletime/handbook/index.html | 26 | DocPath=bibletime/handbook/index.html |
332 | 27 | 27 | ||
333 | === modified file 'debian/changelog' | |||
334 | --- debian/changelog 2012-04-17 21:42:20 +0000 | |||
335 | +++ debian/changelog 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
336 | @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ | |||
337 | 1 | bibletime (2.9.2-1) precise; urgency=low | ||
338 | 2 | |||
339 | 3 | * New upstream version 2.9.2. | ||
340 | 4 | |||
341 | 5 | -- Greg Hellings <greg.hellings@gmail.com> Wed, 03 Jul 2013 15:29:33 +0000 | ||
342 | 6 | |||
343 | 1 | bibletime (2.9.1-2) unstable; urgency=low | 7 | bibletime (2.9.1-2) unstable; urgency=low |
344 | 2 | 8 | ||
345 | 3 | * Disable -Werror to work-around FTBFS with gcc-4.7 (Closes: #667113) | 9 | * Disable -Werror to work-around FTBFS with gcc-4.7 (Closes: #667113) |
346 | 4 | 10 | ||
347 | === modified file 'debian/control' | |||
348 | --- debian/control 2012-04-14 17:23:21 +0000 | |||
349 | +++ debian/control 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
350 | @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
351 | 1 | Source: bibletime | 1 | Source: bibletime |
352 | 2 | Section: kde | 2 | Section: kde |
353 | 3 | Build-Depends: quilt (>= 0.46-7~), debhelper (>= 7.0.50~), | 3 | Build-Depends: quilt (>= 0.46-7~), debhelper (>= 7.0.50~), |
355 | 4 | libsword-dev (>= 1.5.11), libclucene-dev, poxml, libboost-dev, cmake, | 4 | libsword-dev (>= 1.5.11), libclucene-dev, poxml, cmake, |
356 | 5 | pkg-config, zlib1g-dev, libcurl4-gnutls-dev, libqtwebkit-dev | libqt4-dev (<= 4:4.7.0~beta1) | 5 | pkg-config, zlib1g-dev, libcurl4-gnutls-dev, libqtwebkit-dev | libqt4-dev (<= 4:4.7.0~beta1) |
357 | 6 | Priority: optional | 6 | Priority: optional |
358 | 7 | Maintainer: CrossWire Packages <pkg-crosswire-devel@lists.alioth.debian.org> | 7 | Maintainer: CrossWire Packages <pkg-crosswire-devel@lists.alioth.debian.org> |
359 | 8 | 8 | ||
360 | === added file 'debian/source/options' | |||
361 | --- debian/source/options 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 | |||
362 | +++ debian/source/options 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
363 | @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ | |||
364 | 1 | --extend-diff-ignore=doc/* | ||
365 | 0 | 2 | ||
366 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
367 | --- docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
368 | +++ docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
369 | @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ | |||
370 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
371 | 43 | 43 | ||
372 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
374 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
375 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
376 | 47 | 47 | ||
377 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
378 | 49 | <para>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</para> | 49 | <para>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</para> |
379 | 50 | </legalnotice> | 50 | </legalnotice> |
380 | 51 | 51 | ||
382 | 52 | <date>December 2011</date> | 52 | <date>January 2012</date> |
383 | 53 | 53 | ||
385 | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
386 | 55 | 55 | ||
387 | 56 | <abstract> | 56 | <abstract> |
388 | 57 | <para>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية | 57 | <para>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية |
389 | 58 | 58 | ||
390 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html' | |||
391 | --- docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
392 | +++ docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
393 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
395 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905066"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="id14947557"></a><p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="خلاصة"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p><p>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="idp26712032"></a><p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="خلاصة"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p><p>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية |
396 | 2 | بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، | 2 | بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، |
397 | 3 | ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل | 3 | ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل |
398 | 4 | مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من | 4 | مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من |
399 | 5 | 5 | ||
400 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
401 | --- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
402 | +++ docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
403 | @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ | |||
404 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
405 | 43 | 43 | ||
406 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
408 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
409 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
410 | 47 | 47 | ||
411 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
412 | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> |
413 | 50 | </legalnotice> | 50 | </legalnotice> |
414 | 51 | 51 | ||
416 | 52 | <date>December 2011</date> | 52 | <date>January 2012</date> |
417 | 53 | 53 | ||
419 | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
420 | 55 | 55 | ||
421 | 56 | <abstract> | 56 | <abstract> |
422 | 57 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 57 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user |
423 | 58 | 58 | ||
424 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html' | |||
425 | --- docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
426 | +++ docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
427 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
429 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Příručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Příručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="idp26708192"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user |
430 | 2 | interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several | 2 | interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several |
431 | 3 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The | 3 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The |
432 | 4 | software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free | 4 | software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free |
433 | 5 | 5 | ||
434 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
435 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
436 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook' | |||
437 | --- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
438 | +++ docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
439 | @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ | |||
440 | 71 | <term> | 71 | <term> |
441 | 72 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 72 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
442 | 73 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32" | 73 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32" |
444 | 74 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> | 74 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal anzeigen</guimenuitem> |
445 | 75 | </menuchoice> | 75 | </menuchoice> |
446 | 76 | </term> | 76 | </term> |
447 | 77 | <listitem> | 77 | <listitem> |
448 | @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ | |||
449 | 86 | <term> | 86 | <term> |
450 | 87 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 87 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
451 | 88 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32" | 88 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32" |
453 | 89 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> | 89 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lesezeichen anzeigen</guimenuitem> |
454 | 90 | </menuchoice> | 90 | </menuchoice> |
455 | 91 | </term> | 91 | </term> |
456 | 92 | <listitem> | 92 | <listitem> |
457 | @@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ | |||
458 | 101 | <term> | 101 | <term> |
459 | 102 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 102 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
460 | 103 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" | 103 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" |
462 | 104 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 104 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupe anzeigen</guimenuitem> |
463 | 105 | </menuchoice> | ||
464 | 105 | </term> | 106 | </term> |
465 | 106 | <listitem> | 107 | <listitem> |
466 | 107 | <para> | 108 | <para> |
467 | @@ -114,13 +115,14 @@ | |||
468 | 114 | <term> | 115 | <term> |
469 | 115 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 116 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
470 | 116 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32" | 117 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32" |
473 | 117 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> | 118 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen |
474 | 118 | </menuchoice> | 119 | </guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
475 | 119 | </term> | 120 | </term> |
476 | 120 | <listitem> | 121 | <listitem> |
477 | 121 | <para> | 122 | <para> |
480 | 122 | <action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to | 123 | <action>An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</action> Benutzen Sie |
481 | 123 | allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para> | 124 | diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten |
482 | 125 | Büchern anzusehen.</para> | ||
483 | 124 | </listitem> | 126 | </listitem> |
484 | 125 | </varlistentry> | 127 | </varlistentry> |
485 | 126 | 128 | ||
486 | 127 | 129 | ||
487 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
488 | --- docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
489 | +++ docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
490 | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | |||
491 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
492 | 43 | 43 | ||
493 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
495 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
496 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
497 | 47 | 47 | ||
498 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
499 | @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ | |||
500 | 50 | ausgeliefert.</para> | 50 | ausgeliefert.</para> |
501 | 51 | </legalnotice> | 51 | </legalnotice> |
502 | 52 | 52 | ||
504 | 53 | <date>December 2011</date> | 53 | <date>Januar 2012</date> |
505 | 54 | 54 | ||
507 | 55 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 55 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
508 | 56 | 56 | ||
509 | 57 | <abstract> | 57 | <abstract> |
510 | 58 | <para>&bibletime; ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine | 58 | <para>&bibletime; ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine |
511 | 59 | 59 | ||
512 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html' | |||
513 | --- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
514 | +++ docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
515 | @@ -32,24 +32,26 @@ | |||
516 | 32 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 32 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
517 | 33 | <span class="action">Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</span> Diese Einstellung maximiert | 33 | <span class="action">Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</span> Diese Einstellung maximiert |
518 | 34 | das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Fenster.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> | 34 | das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Fenster.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> |
520 | 35 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> | 35 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal anzeigen</span> |
521 | 36 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 36 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
522 | 37 | <span class="action">Bücherregal anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die | 37 | <span class="action">Bücherregal anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die |
523 | 38 | Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies | 38 | Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies |
524 | 39 | kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> | 39 | kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> |
526 | 40 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> | 40 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lesezeichen anzeigen</span> |
527 | 41 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 41 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
528 | 42 | <span class="action">Lesezeichen anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie | 42 | <span class="action">Lesezeichen anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie |
529 | 43 | die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich | 43 | die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich |
530 | 44 | sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> | 44 | sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> |
532 | 45 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> | 45 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lupe anzeigen</span> |
533 | 46 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 46 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
534 | 47 | <span class="action">Lupenfenster anzeigen.</span> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das | 47 | <span class="action">Lupenfenster anzeigen.</span> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das |
535 | 48 | Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> | 48 | Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> |
537 | 49 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> | 49 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen |
538 | 50 | </span> | ||
539 | 50 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 51 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
542 | 51 | <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to | 52 | <span class="action">An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</span> Benutzen Sie |
543 | 52 | allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> | 53 | diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten |
544 | 54 | Büchern anzusehen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> | ||
545 | 53 | <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hauptleiste | 55 | <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hauptleiste |
546 | 54 | anzeigen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) | 56 | anzeigen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) |
547 | 55 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Haupt-Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die | 57 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Haupt-Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die |
548 | 56 | 58 | ||
549 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/de/html/index.html' | |||
550 | --- docs/handbook/de/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
551 | +++ docs/handbook/de/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
552 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
554 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem Qt-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software nutzt die SWORD-Programmierbibliothek, um mit über 200 freien Bibeltexten, Kommentaren, Wörterbüchern und Büchern zu laufen, die von der Crosswire Bible Society zur Verfügung gestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem Qt-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software nutzt die SWORD-Programmierbibliothek, um mit über 200 freien Bibeltexten, Kommentaren, Wörterbüchern und Büchern zu laufen, die von der Crosswire Bible Society zur Verfügung gestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe |
555 | 2 | ausgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine | 2 | ausgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine |
556 | 3 | Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem <span class="application">Qt</span>-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren | 3 | Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem <span class="application">Qt</span>-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren |
557 | 4 | Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac | 4 | Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac |
558 | 5 | 5 | ||
559 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
560 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
561 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
562 | --- docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
563 | +++ docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
564 | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | |||
565 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
566 | 43 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 43 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
567 | 44 | <copyright> | 44 | <copyright> |
569 | 45 | <year>1999-2011</year> | 45 | <year>1999-2013</year> |
570 | 46 | <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 46 | <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
571 | 47 | </copyright> | 47 | </copyright> |
572 | 48 | 48 | ||
573 | @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ | |||
574 | 51 | &bibletime; study program.</para> | 51 | &bibletime; study program.</para> |
575 | 52 | </legalnotice> | 52 | </legalnotice> |
576 | 53 | 53 | ||
578 | 54 | <date>December 2011</date> | 54 | <date>January 2012</date> |
579 | 55 | 55 | ||
581 | 56 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 56 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
582 | 57 | 57 | ||
583 | 58 | <abstract> | 58 | <abstract> |
584 | 59 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The | 59 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The |
585 | 60 | 60 | ||
586 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/en/html/index.html' | |||
587 | --- docs/handbook/en/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
588 | +++ docs/handbook/en/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
589 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
591 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the |
592 | 2 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The | 2 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The |
593 | 3 | program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes | 3 | program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes |
594 | 4 | it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, | 4 | it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, |
595 | 5 | 5 | ||
596 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
597 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
598 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
599 | --- docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
600 | +++ docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
601 | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | |||
602 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
603 | 43 | 43 | ||
604 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
606 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
607 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
608 | 47 | 47 | ||
609 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
610 | @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ | |||
611 | 50 | &bibletime;.</para> | 50 | &bibletime;.</para> |
612 | 51 | </legalnotice> | 51 | </legalnotice> |
613 | 52 | 52 | ||
615 | 53 | <date>December 2011</date> | 53 | <date>January 2012</date> |
616 | 54 | 54 | ||
618 | 55 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 55 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
619 | 56 | 56 | ||
620 | 57 | <abstract> | 57 | <abstract> |
621 | 58 | <para>&bibletime; es un programa de estudio bÃblico completamente libre. La | 58 | <para>&bibletime; es un programa de estudio bÃblico completamente libre. La |
622 | 59 | 59 | ||
623 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/es/html/index.html' | |||
624 | --- docs/handbook/es/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
625 | +++ docs/handbook/es/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
626 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
628 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de Qt, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software usa la librería de programación de SWORD con más de 200 textos libres, Biblias, comentarios, diccionarios y libros provistos por la Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Manual BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de Qt, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software usa la librería de programación de SWORD con más de 200 textos libres, Biblias, comentarios, diccionarios y libros provistos por la Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Manual BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico |
629 | 2 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La | 2 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La |
630 | 3 | interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de <span class="application">Qt</span>, que hace que | 3 | interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de <span class="application">Qt</span>, que hace que |
631 | 4 | corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y | 4 | corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y |
632 | 5 | 5 | ||
633 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
634 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
635 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
636 | --- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
637 | +++ docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
638 | @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ | |||
639 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
640 | 43 | 43 | ||
641 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
643 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
644 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
645 | 47 | 47 | ||
646 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
647 | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> |
648 | 50 | </legalnotice> | 50 | </legalnotice> |
649 | 51 | 51 | ||
651 | 52 | <date>December 2011</date> | 52 | <date>January 2012</date> |
652 | 53 | 53 | ||
654 | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
655 | 55 | 55 | ||
656 | 56 | <abstract> | 56 | <abstract> |
657 | 57 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 57 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user |
658 | 58 | 58 | ||
659 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html' | |||
660 | --- docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
661 | +++ docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
662 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
664 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelmä"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelmä"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user |
665 | 2 | interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several | 2 | interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several |
666 | 3 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The | 3 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The |
667 | 4 | software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free | 4 | software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free |
668 | 5 | 5 | ||
669 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
670 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
671 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
672 | --- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
673 | +++ docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
674 | @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ | |||
675 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
676 | 43 | 43 | ||
677 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
679 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
680 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
681 | 47 | 47 | ||
682 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
683 | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> |
684 | 50 | </legalnotice> | 50 | </legalnotice> |
685 | 51 | 51 | ||
687 | 52 | <date>December 2011</date> | 52 | <date>January 2012</date> |
688 | 53 | 53 | ||
690 | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
691 | 55 | 55 | ||
692 | 56 | <abstract> | 56 | <abstract> |
693 | 57 | <para>&bibletime; est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface | 57 | <para>&bibletime; est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface |
694 | 58 | 58 | ||
695 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html' | |||
696 | --- docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
697 | +++ docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
698 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
700 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre Qt, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation SWORD de travailler avec plus de 200 textes de la Bible gratuite, des commentaires, des dictionnaires et des livres fournis par le Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre Qt, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation SWORD de travailler avec plus de 200 textes de la Bible gratuite, des commentaires, des dictionnaires et des livres fournis par le Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface |
701 | 2 | utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre <span class="application">Qt</span>, qui lui fait | 2 | utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre <span class="application">Qt</span>, qui lui fait |
702 | 3 | tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD | 3 | tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD |
703 | 4 | et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation <span class="application">SWORD</span> de | 4 | et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation <span class="application">SWORD</span> de |
704 | 5 | 5 | ||
705 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
706 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
707 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
708 | --- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
709 | +++ docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
710 | @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ | |||
711 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
712 | 43 | 43 | ||
713 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
715 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
716 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
717 | 47 | 47 | ||
718 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
719 | 49 | <para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; programmal együtt terjesztve.</para> | 49 | <para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; programmal együtt terjesztve.</para> |
720 | 50 | </legalnotice> | 50 | </legalnotice> |
721 | 51 | 51 | ||
723 | 52 | <date>December 2011</date> | 52 | <date>January 2012</date> |
724 | 53 | 53 | ||
726 | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
727 | 55 | 55 | ||
728 | 56 | <abstract> | 56 | <abstract> |
729 | 57 | <para>A &bibletime; egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A | 57 | <para>A &bibletime; egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A |
730 | 58 | 58 | ||
731 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html' | |||
732 | --- docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
733 | +++ docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
734 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
736 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a Qt keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a SWORD programozási könyvtárat használja, több, mint 200 ingyenes Bibliaváltozattal, kommentárokkal, szótárakkal és könyvekkel, amit a Crosswire Bible Society biztosít."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a Qt keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a SWORD programozási könyvtárat használja, több, mint 200 ingyenes Bibliaváltozattal, kommentárokkal, szótárakkal és könyvekkel, amit a Crosswire Bible Society biztosít."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A |
737 | 2 | program kezelőfelülete a <span class="application">Qt</span> keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi | 2 | program kezelőfelülete a <span class="application">Qt</span> keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi |
738 | 3 | többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD | 3 | többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD |
739 | 4 | és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a <span class="application">SWORD</span> programozási könyvtárat | 4 | és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a <span class="application">SWORD</span> programozási könyvtárat |
740 | 5 | 5 | ||
741 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
742 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
743 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
744 | --- docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
745 | +++ docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
746 | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | |||
747 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
748 | 43 | 43 | ||
749 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
751 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Il Team di &bibletime;</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
752 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
753 | 47 | 47 | ||
754 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
755 | @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ | |||
756 | 50 | &bibletime;.</para> | 50 | &bibletime;.</para> |
757 | 51 | </legalnotice> | 51 | </legalnotice> |
758 | 52 | 52 | ||
760 | 53 | <date>December 2011</date> | 53 | <date>January 2012</date> |
761 | 54 | 54 | ||
763 | 55 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 55 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
764 | 56 | 56 | ||
765 | 57 | <abstract> | 57 | <abstract> |
766 | 58 | <para>&bibletime; è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente | 58 | <para>&bibletime; è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente |
767 | 59 | 59 | ||
768 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/it/html/index.html' | |||
769 | --- docs/handbook/it/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
770 | +++ docs/handbook/it/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
771 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
773 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework Qt, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il software usa la libreria SWORD per lavorare con oltre 200 testi della Bibbia, commenti, dizionari e libri gratuiti forniti da Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2011 Il Team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="id14947560"></a><p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework Qt, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il software usa la libreria SWORD per lavorare con oltre 200 testi della Bibbia, commenti, dizionari e libri gratuiti forniti da Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di |
774 | 2 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente | 2 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente |
775 | 3 | gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, che | 3 | gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, che |
776 | 4 | lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, | 4 | lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, |
777 | 5 | 5 | ||
778 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
779 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
780 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
781 | --- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
782 | +++ docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
783 | @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ | |||
784 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
785 | 43 | 43 | ||
786 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
788 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
789 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
790 | 47 | 47 | ||
791 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
792 | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> |
793 | 50 | </legalnotice> | 50 | </legalnotice> |
794 | 51 | 51 | ||
796 | 52 | <date>December 2011</date> | 52 | <date>January 2012</date> |
797 | 53 | 53 | ||
799 | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
800 | 55 | 55 | ||
801 | 56 | <abstract> | 56 | <abstract> |
802 | 57 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 57 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user |
803 | 58 | 58 | ||
804 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html' | |||
805 | --- docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
806 | +++ docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
807 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
809 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user |
810 | 2 | interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several | 2 | interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several |
811 | 3 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The | 3 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The |
812 | 4 | software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free | 4 | software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free |
813 | 5 | 5 | ||
814 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf' | |||
815 | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ | 6 | Binary files docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 and docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 differ |
816 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook' | |||
817 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook 2010-11-09 06:29:29 +0000 | |||
818 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
819 | @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ | |||
820 | 12 | 12 | ||
821 | 13 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> | 13 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> |
822 | 14 | <title> | 14 | <title> |
824 | 15 | <guimenu>Display</guimenu> | 15 | <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> |
825 | 16 | </title> | 16 | </title> |
826 | 17 | <para>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma | 17 | <para>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma |
827 | 18 | dessas opções: | 18 | dessas opções: |
828 | @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ | |||
829 | 28 | 28 | ||
830 | 29 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> | 29 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> |
831 | 30 | <title> | 30 | <title> |
833 | 31 | <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> | 31 | <guimenu>Mesa</guimenu> |
834 | 32 | </title> | 32 | </title> |
835 | 33 | <para>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser | 33 | <para>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser |
836 | 34 | personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio | 34 | personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio |
837 | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ | |||
838 | 42 | 42 | ||
839 | 43 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> | 43 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> |
840 | 44 | <title> | 44 | <title> |
842 | 45 | <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> | 45 | <guimenuitem>Idiomas</guimenuitem> |
843 | 46 | </title> | 46 | </title> |
844 | 47 | <para>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros | 47 | <para>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros |
845 | 48 | bÃblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponÃvel, e você se sentirá em | 48 | bÃblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponÃvel, e você se sentirá em |
846 | @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ | |||
847 | 56 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" width="100%" | 56 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" width="100%" |
848 | 57 | contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> | 57 | contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> |
849 | 58 | <textobject> | 58 | <textobject> |
851 | 59 | <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> | 59 | <phrase>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</phrase> |
852 | 60 | </textobject> | 60 | </textobject> |
853 | 61 | <caption> | 61 | <caption> |
854 | 62 | <para>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</para> | 62 | <para>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</para> |
855 | @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ | |||
856 | 125 | <entry> | 125 | <entry> |
857 | 126 | <ulink | 126 | <ulink |
858 | 127 | url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> | 127 | url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> |
860 | 128 | SIL unicode fonts</ulink> | 128 | Fontes unicode SIL</ulink> |
861 | 129 | </entry> | 129 | </entry> |
862 | 130 | <entry>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de LinguÃstica Summer.</entry> | 130 | <entry>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de LinguÃstica Summer.</entry> |
863 | 131 | </row> | 131 | </row> |
864 | @@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ | |||
865 | 137 | </row> | 137 | </row> |
866 | 138 | <row> | 138 | <row> |
867 | 139 | <entry> | 139 | <entry> |
870 | 140 | <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/"> | 140 | <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/"> Diretório |
871 | 141 | Crosswire's font directory</ulink> | 141 | de fontes crosswire</ulink> |
872 | 142 | </entry> | 142 | </entry> |
873 | 143 | 143 | ||
874 | 144 | <entry>Várias fontes disponÃveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</entry> | 144 | <entry>Várias fontes disponÃveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</entry> |
875 | @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ | |||
876 | 177 | 177 | ||
877 | 178 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> | 178 | <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> |
878 | 179 | <title> | 179 | <title> |
880 | 180 | <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> | 180 | <guimenu>Atalhos</guimenu> |
881 | 181 | </title> | 181 | </title> |
882 | 182 | 182 | ||
883 | 183 | <para>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no | 183 | <para>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no |
884 | @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ | |||
885 | 191 | <imagedata fileref="ss_shortcuts.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> | 191 | <imagedata fileref="ss_shortcuts.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> |
886 | 192 | </imageobject> | 192 | </imageobject> |
887 | 193 | 193 | ||
890 | 194 | <para>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut | 194 | <para>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário |
891 | 195 | defined, CTRL+2.</para> | 195 | definido, CTRL+2.</para> |
892 | 196 | </sect2> | 196 | </sect2> |
893 | 197 | </sect1> | 197 | </sect1> |
894 | 198 | </chapter> | 198 | </chapter> |
895 | 199 | 199 | ||
896 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook' | |||
897 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook 2010-11-09 06:29:29 +0000 | |||
898 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
899 | @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ | |||
900 | 3 | <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> | 3 | <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> |
901 | 4 | <title>Sobre &bibletime;</title> | 4 | <title>Sobre &bibletime;</title> |
902 | 5 | 5 | ||
909 | 6 | <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts | 6 | <para>&bibletime; é uma ferramenta de estudo bÃblico com suporte para diferentes |
910 | 7 | and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and | 7 | tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são |
911 | 8 | manage. It is built on the <ulink | 8 | fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<ulink |
912 | 9 | url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/">&sword;</ulink> library, which | 9 | url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/">&sword;</ulink>, que provê a |
913 | 10 | provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible | 10 | funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto |
914 | 11 | text, searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the <ulink | 11 | bÃblico, pesquisar, etc. &sword; é o produto carro-chefe da <ulink |
915 | 12 | url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>.</para> | 12 | url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>.</para> |
916 | 13 | 13 | ||
917 | 14 | <para>&bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos | 14 | <para>&bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos |
918 | @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ | |||
919 | 19 | 19 | ||
920 | 20 | <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> | 20 | <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> |
921 | 21 | <title>Obras disponÃveis</title> | 21 | <title>Obras disponÃveis</title> |
924 | 22 | <para>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink | 22 | <para>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponÃveis da <ulink |
925 | 23 | url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. These include: <variablelist> | 23 | url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. Estão inclusos: <variablelist> |
926 | 24 | <varlistentry> | 24 | <varlistentry> |
927 | 25 | <term>BÃblias</term> | 25 | <term>BÃblias</term> |
928 | 26 | <listitem> | 26 | <listitem> |
929 | @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ | |||
930 | 59 | <varlistentry> | 59 | <varlistentry> |
931 | 60 | <term>Léxicos/Dicionários</term> | 60 | <term>Léxicos/Dicionários</term> |
932 | 61 | <listitem> | 61 | <listitem> |
938 | 62 | <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the | 62 | <para>Léxicos disponÃveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e |
939 | 63 | International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include | 63 | a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponÃveis |
940 | 64 | Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's | 64 | incluem o Dicionário BÃblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário BÃblico Grego |
941 | 65 | Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical | 65 | de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da lÃngua Inglesa de Webster 1913, |
942 | 66 | Bible.</para> | 66 | BÃblia em Tópicos de Nave.</para> |
943 | 67 | </listitem> | 67 | </listitem> |
944 | 68 | </varlistentry> | 68 | </varlistentry> |
945 | 69 | </variablelist></para> | 69 | </variablelist></para> |
946 | 70 | 70 | ||
947 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook' | |||
948 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook 2010-11-09 06:29:29 +0000 | |||
949 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
950 | @@ -2,20 +2,21 @@ | |||
951 | 2 | <title>Operação do programa</title> | 2 | <title>Operação do programa</title> |
952 | 3 | <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> | 3 | <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> |
953 | 4 | <title>Viso geral do programa</title> | 4 | <title>Viso geral do programa</title> |
955 | 5 | <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: <mediaobject> | 5 | <para>Isso é uma visualização de uma tÃpica sessão do &bibletime;: <mediaobject> |
956 | 6 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" width="100%" | 6 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" width="100%" |
957 | 7 | contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> | 7 | contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> |
958 | 8 | <textobject> | 8 | <textobject> |
960 | 9 | <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> | 9 | <phrase>A janela do aplicativo &bibletime; </phrase> |
961 | 10 | </textobject> | 10 | </textobject> |
970 | 11 | </mediaobject> You can easily see the different parts of the | 11 | </mediaobject> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do |
971 | 12 | application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the | 12 | aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas |
972 | 13 | Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The | 13 | na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus |
973 | 14 | little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information | 14 | marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para |
974 | 15 | that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote | 15 | mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando |
975 | 16 | marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the | 16 | você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai |
976 | 17 | footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the | 17 | mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá |
977 | 18 | Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> | 18 | acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você |
978 | 19 | realmente faz seu trabalho.</para> | ||
979 | 19 | 20 | ||
980 | 20 | <para>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</para> | 21 | <para>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</para> |
981 | 21 | </sect1> | 22 | </sect1> |
982 | @@ -48,28 +49,29 @@ | |||
983 | 48 | <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> | 49 | <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> |
984 | 49 | <title>Informação adicional sobre obras</title> | 50 | <title>Informação adicional sobre obras</title> |
985 | 50 | 51 | ||
995 | 51 | <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the | 52 | <para>Se você clicar com o botão <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no |
996 | 52 | symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are | 53 | sÃmbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para |
997 | 53 | relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens | 54 | essa obra. <guimenuitem>"Sobre essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre uma janela com |
998 | 54 | a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. | 55 | várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra |
999 | 55 | <guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for | 56 | selecionada. <guimenuitem>"Destravar essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre um |
1000 | 56 | encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the | 57 | pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a |
1001 | 57 | work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <ulink | 58 | chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras |
1002 | 58 | url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> Locked | 59 | travadas, veja <ulink |
1003 | 59 | Modules</ulink> page on the &cbs; web site.</para> | 60 | url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> essa |
1004 | 61 | página</ulink> no site da &cbs;.</para> | ||
1005 | 60 | </sect3> | 62 | </sect3> |
1006 | 61 | 63 | ||
1007 | 62 | <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> | 64 | <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> |
1008 | 63 | <title>Buscando em obras</title> | 65 | <title>Buscando em obras</title> |
1009 | 64 | 66 | ||
1018 | 65 | <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the | 67 | <para>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão |
1019 | 66 | <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting | 68 | <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no seu sÃmbolo e selecionando |
1020 | 67 | <guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and | 69 | <guimenuitem>"Buscar em obra(s)"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; e |
1021 | 68 | clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same | 70 | clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o |
1022 | 69 | procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these | 71 | mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em |
1023 | 70 | documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features | 72 | todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de |
1024 | 71 | can be found on the <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">Searching in Works | 73 | busca podem ser encontrados <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">Fazendo Buscas |
1025 | 72 | section</link>.</para> | 74 | nas seções das Obras</link>.</para> |
1026 | 73 | </sect3> | 75 | </sect3> |
1027 | 74 | 76 | ||
1028 | 75 | <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> | 77 | <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> |
1029 | @@ -240,7 +242,7 @@ | |||
1030 | 240 | seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para | 242 | seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para |
1031 | 241 | exemplos.</para> | 243 | exemplos.</para> |
1032 | 242 | 244 | ||
1034 | 243 | <para>Available text types: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> | 245 | <para>Tipos de texto disponÃveis: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> |
1035 | 244 | <title>Tipos de Busca</title> | 246 | <title>Tipos de Busca</title> |
1036 | 245 | <tgroup cols="3"> | 247 | <tgroup cols="3"> |
1037 | 246 | <thead> | 248 | <thead> |
1038 | @@ -341,10 +343,10 @@ | |||
1039 | 341 | <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> | 343 | <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> |
1040 | 342 | <title>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</title> | 344 | <title>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</title> |
1041 | 343 | 345 | ||
1046 | 344 | <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard | 346 | <para>Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante no |
1047 | 345 | drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is | 347 | disco rÃgido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é |
1048 | 346 | "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application | 348 | "~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application |
1049 | 347 | Data\Sword" for Windows.</para> | 349 | Data\Sword" para Windows.</para> |
1050 | 348 | 350 | ||
1051 | 349 | <tip> | 351 | <tip> |
1052 | 350 | <para>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco | 352 | <para>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco |
1053 | @@ -357,15 +359,15 @@ | |||
1054 | 357 | <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> | 359 | <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> |
1055 | 358 | <title>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</title> | 360 | <title>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</title> |
1056 | 359 | 361 | ||
1066 | 360 | <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called | 362 | <para>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado |
1067 | 361 | "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These | 363 | "biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas |
1068 | 362 | libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's | 364 | bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do &sword;), ou remota (por |
1069 | 363 | online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; | 365 | ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos &sword;, ou outro site |
1070 | 364 | modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <guibutton>Get | 366 | oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em |
1071 | 365 | list...</guibutton> when you have <guibutton>New Installation | 367 | <guibutton>Obter lista...</guibutton> quando houver aberto o diálogo |
1072 | 366 | Source</guibutton> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with | 368 | <guibutton>Nova fonte de instalação</guibutton>. Você pode gerenciar suas |
1073 | 367 | <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete | 369 | bibliotecas com <guibutton>Adicionar biblioteca</guibutton> e |
1074 | 368 | library</guibutton>.</para> | 370 | <guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</guibutton>.</para> |
1075 | 369 | 371 | ||
1076 | 370 | <para>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma | 372 | <para>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma |
1077 | 371 | biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para | 373 | biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para |
1078 | 372 | 374 | ||
1079 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook' | |||
1080 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1081 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1082 | @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ | |||
1083 | 12 | 12 | ||
1084 | 13 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> | 13 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> |
1085 | 14 | <title> | 14 | <title> |
1087 | 15 | <guimenu>File</guimenu> | 15 | <guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu> |
1088 | 16 | </title> | 16 | </title> |
1089 | 17 | <para> | 17 | <para> |
1090 | 18 | <variablelist> | 18 | <variablelist> |
1091 | @@ -20,11 +20,12 @@ | |||
1092 | 20 | <term> | 20 | <term> |
1093 | 21 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 21 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1094 | 22 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_folder_open.png" width="32" depth="32" | 22 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_folder_open.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1096 | 23 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 23 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Arquivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abrir obra</guimenuitem> |
1097 | 24 | </menuchoice> | ||
1098 | 24 | </term> | 25 | </term> |
1099 | 25 | <listitem> | 26 | <listitem> |
1102 | 26 | <para><action>Open work.</action> This will give you a menu that will allow you to | 27 | <para><action>Trabalho Aberto.</action> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir |
1103 | 27 | open installed books.</para> | 28 | os livros instalados.</para> |
1104 | 28 | </listitem> | 29 | </listitem> |
1105 | 29 | </varlistentry> | 30 | </varlistentry> |
1106 | 30 | 31 | ||
1107 | @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ | |||
1108 | 34 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 35 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1109 | 35 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" width="32" depth="32" | 36 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1110 | 36 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> | 37 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> |
1112 | 37 | <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 38 | <guimenuitem>Sair</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1113 | 38 | </term> | 39 | </term> |
1114 | 39 | <listitem> | 40 | <listitem> |
1115 | 40 | <para> | 41 | <para> |
1116 | @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ | |||
1117 | 48 | 49 | ||
1118 | 49 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> | 50 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> |
1119 | 50 | <title> | 51 | <title> |
1121 | 51 | <guimenu>View</guimenu> | 52 | <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> |
1122 | 52 | </title> | 53 | </title> |
1123 | 53 | 54 | ||
1124 | 54 | <variablelist> | 55 | <variablelist> |
1125 | @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ | |||
1126 | 57 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F5</keycap> | 58 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F5</keycap> |
1127 | 58 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 59 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1128 | 59 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32" | 60 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32" |
1130 | 60 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> | 61 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo em Tela Cheia</guimenuitem> |
1131 | 61 | </menuchoice> | 62 | </menuchoice> |
1132 | 62 | </term> | 63 | </term> |
1133 | 63 | <listitem> | 64 | <listitem> |
1134 | @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ | |||
1135 | 71 | <term> | 72 | <term> |
1136 | 72 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 73 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1137 | 73 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32" | 74 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1139 | 74 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> | 75 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Estante</guimenuitem> |
1140 | 75 | </menuchoice> | 76 | </menuchoice> |
1141 | 76 | </term> | 77 | </term> |
1142 | 77 | <listitem> | 78 | <listitem> |
1143 | @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ | |||
1144 | 86 | <term> | 87 | <term> |
1145 | 87 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 88 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1146 | 88 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32" | 89 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1148 | 89 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> | 90 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Marcadores</guimenuitem> |
1149 | 90 | </menuchoice> | 91 | </menuchoice> |
1150 | 91 | </term> | 92 | </term> |
1151 | 92 | <listitem> | 93 | <listitem> |
1152 | @@ -101,7 +102,8 @@ | |||
1153 | 101 | <term> | 102 | <term> |
1154 | 102 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 103 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1155 | 103 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" | 104 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" |
1157 | 104 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 105 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Lupa</guimenuitem> |
1158 | 106 | </menuchoice> | ||
1159 | 105 | </term> | 107 | </term> |
1160 | 106 | <listitem> | 108 | <listitem> |
1161 | 107 | <para> | 109 | <para> |
1162 | @@ -114,13 +116,14 @@ | |||
1163 | 114 | <term> | 116 | <term> |
1164 | 115 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 117 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1165 | 116 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32" | 118 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1168 | 117 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> | 119 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar textos dos |
1169 | 118 | </menuchoice> | 120 | cabeçalhos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1170 | 119 | </term> | 121 | </term> |
1171 | 120 | <listitem> | 122 | <listitem> |
1172 | 121 | <para> | 123 | <para> |
1175 | 122 | <action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to | 124 | <action>Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</action>Alternar esta |
1176 | 123 | allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para> | 125 | visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos |
1177 | 126 | trabalhos abertos. </para> | ||
1178 | 124 | </listitem> | 127 | </listitem> |
1179 | 125 | </varlistentry> | 128 | </varlistentry> |
1180 | 126 | 129 | ||
1181 | @@ -132,72 +135,78 @@ | |||
1182 | 132 | </menuchoice> | 135 | </menuchoice> |
1183 | 133 | </term> | 136 | </term> |
1184 | 134 | <listitem> | 137 | <listitem> |
1187 | 135 | <para><action>Toggles Main Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn | 138 | <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</action> Alterne |
1188 | 136 | the main toolbar on or off.</para> | 139 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</para> |
1189 | 137 | </listitem> | 140 | </listitem> |
1190 | 138 | </varlistentry> | 141 | </varlistentry> |
1191 | 139 | 142 | ||
1192 | 140 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"> | 143 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"> |
1193 | 141 | <term> | 144 | <term> |
1196 | 142 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> | 145 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de |
1197 | 143 | <guimenuitem>Show navigation</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 146 | Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir navegação</guimenuitem> |
1198 | 147 | </menuchoice> | ||
1199 | 144 | </term> | 148 | </term> |
1200 | 145 | <listitem> | 149 | <listitem> |
1204 | 146 | <para><action>Toggles Navigation in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or | 150 | <para><action>Alternar navegação nas obras.</action> Alternar essa configuração |
1205 | 147 | remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the | 151 | para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser |
1206 | 148 | full toolbar in the open works</para> | 152 | útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</para> |
1207 | 149 | </listitem> | 153 | </listitem> |
1208 | 150 | </varlistentry> | 154 | </varlistentry> |
1209 | 151 | 155 | ||
1210 | 152 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"> | 156 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"> |
1211 | 153 | <term> | 157 | <term> |
1214 | 154 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> | 158 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de |
1215 | 155 | <guimenuitem>Show works</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 159 | posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> |
1216 | 160 | </menuchoice> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. | ||
1217 | 156 | </term> | 161 | </term> |
1218 | 157 | <listitem> | 162 | <listitem> |
1221 | 158 | <para><action>Toggles Toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or | 163 | <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne |
1222 | 159 | remove the works icons in the open works.</para> | 164 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os Ãcones das obras nas obras abertas.</para> |
1223 | 160 | </listitem> | 165 | </listitem> |
1224 | 161 | </varlistentry> | 166 | </varlistentry> |
1225 | 162 | 167 | ||
1226 | 163 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"> | 168 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"> |
1227 | 164 | <term> | 169 | <term> |
1230 | 165 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> | 170 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de |
1231 | 166 | <guimenuitem>Show tools</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 171 | ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir ferramentas</guimenuitem> |
1232 | 172 | </menuchoice> | ||
1233 | 167 | </term> | 173 | </term> |
1234 | 168 | <listitem> | 174 | <listitem> |
1237 | 169 | <para><action>Toggles tools in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or | 175 | <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne |
1238 | 170 | remove the tools icons in the open works.</para> | 176 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os Ãcones nas obras abertas.</para> |
1239 | 171 | </listitem> | 177 | </listitem> |
1240 | 172 | </varlistentry> | 178 | </varlistentry> |
1241 | 173 | 179 | ||
1242 | 174 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"> | 180 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"> |
1243 | 175 | <term> | 181 | <term> |
1246 | 176 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> | 182 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de |
1247 | 177 | <guimenuitem>Show format</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 183 | Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir formato</guimenuitem> |
1248 | 184 | </menuchoice> | ||
1249 | 178 | </term> | 185 | </term> |
1250 | 179 | <listitem> | 186 | <listitem> |
1253 | 180 | <para><action>Toggles format.</action> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in | 187 | <para><action>Alterna formato.</action> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos |
1254 | 181 | Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</para> | 188 | comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas |
1255 | 189 | formatação.</para> | ||
1256 | 182 | </listitem> | 190 | </listitem> |
1257 | 183 | </varlistentry> | 191 | </varlistentry> |
1258 | 184 | 192 | ||
1259 | 185 | <varlistentry | 193 | <varlistentry |
1260 | 186 | id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"> | 194 | id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"> |
1261 | 187 | <term> | 195 | <term> |
1264 | 188 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> | 196 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de |
1265 | 189 | <guimenuitem>Show toolbars in text windows</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 197 | ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir barras de ferramentas nas |
1266 | 198 | janelas de texto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | ||
1267 | 190 | </term> | 199 | </term> |
1268 | 191 | <listitem> | 200 | <listitem> |
1271 | 192 | <para><action>Toggles toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or | 201 | <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</action> Alterne |
1272 | 193 | remove the complete toolbar in open works.</para> | 202 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</para> |
1273 | 194 | </listitem> | 203 | </listitem> |
1274 | 195 | </varlistentry> | 204 | </varlistentry> |
1275 | 196 | </variablelist> | 205 | </variablelist> |
1276 | 197 | </sect2> | 206 | </sect2> |
1277 | 198 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> | 207 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> |
1278 | 199 | <title> | 208 | <title> |
1280 | 200 | <guimenu>Search</guimenu> | 209 | O <guimenuitem>Busca</guimenuitem> |
1281 | 201 | </title> | 210 | </title> |
1282 | 202 | <variablelist> | 211 | <variablelist> |
1283 | 203 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> | 212 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> |
1284 | @@ -207,7 +216,7 @@ | |||
1285 | 207 | <inlinemediaobject> | 216 | <inlinemediaobject> |
1286 | 208 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32" | 217 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1287 | 209 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> | 218 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> |
1289 | 210 | <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 219 | <guimenuitem>Buscar na bÃblia padrão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1290 | 211 | </term> | 220 | </term> |
1291 | 212 | 221 | ||
1292 | 213 | <listitem> | 222 | <listitem> |
1293 | @@ -223,8 +232,8 @@ | |||
1294 | 223 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> | 232 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> |
1295 | 224 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 233 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1296 | 225 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32" | 234 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1299 | 226 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in | 235 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Buscar nos |
1300 | 227 | open work(s)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 236 | trabalhos abertos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1301 | 228 | </term> | 237 | </term> |
1302 | 229 | 238 | ||
1303 | 230 | <listitem> | 239 | <listitem> |
1304 | @@ -240,7 +249,7 @@ | |||
1305 | 240 | 249 | ||
1306 | 241 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> | 250 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> |
1307 | 242 | <title> | 251 | <title> |
1309 | 243 | <guimenu>Window</guimenu> | 252 | <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> |
1310 | 244 | </title> | 253 | </title> |
1311 | 245 | 254 | ||
1312 | 246 | <variablelist> | 255 | <variablelist> |
1313 | @@ -249,13 +258,13 @@ | |||
1314 | 249 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> | 258 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> |
1315 | 250 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 259 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1316 | 251 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32" | 260 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1319 | 252 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close | 261 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar |
1320 | 253 | window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 262 | Janela</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1321 | 254 | </term> | 263 | </term> |
1322 | 255 | 264 | ||
1323 | 256 | <listitem> | 265 | <listitem> |
1324 | 257 | <para> | 266 | <para> |
1326 | 258 | <action>Closes active window</action>.</para> | 267 | <action>Fecha todas as janelas ativas</action>.</para> |
1327 | 259 | </listitem> | 268 | </listitem> |
1328 | 260 | </varlistentry> | 269 | </varlistentry> |
1329 | 261 | 270 | ||
1330 | @@ -266,7 +275,7 @@ | |||
1331 | 266 | <inlinemediaobject> | 275 | <inlinemediaobject> |
1332 | 267 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32" | 276 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1333 | 268 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> | 277 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> |
1335 | 269 | <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 278 | <guimenuitem>Fechar tudo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1336 | 270 | </term> | 279 | </term> |
1337 | 271 | 280 | ||
1338 | 272 | <listitem> | 281 | <listitem> |
1339 | @@ -281,7 +290,7 @@ | |||
1340 | 281 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 290 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1341 | 282 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" width="32" depth="32" | 291 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1342 | 283 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> | 292 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> |
1344 | 284 | <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 293 | <guimenuitem>Cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1345 | 285 | </term> | 294 | </term> |
1346 | 286 | 295 | ||
1347 | 287 | <listitem> | 296 | <listitem> |
1348 | @@ -297,12 +306,12 @@ | |||
1349 | 297 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 306 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1350 | 298 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile.png" width="32" depth="32" | 307 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1351 | 299 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> | 308 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> |
1353 | 300 | <guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 309 | <guimenuitem>Organizar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1354 | 301 | </term> | 310 | </term> |
1355 | 302 | 311 | ||
1356 | 303 | <listitem> | 312 | <listitem> |
1357 | 304 | <para> | 313 | <para> |
1359 | 305 | <action>Tiles all open windows</action>. | 314 | <action>Organiza todas as janelas abertas</action>. |
1360 | 306 | </para> | 315 | </para> |
1361 | 307 | </listitem> | 316 | </listitem> |
1362 | 308 | </varlistentry> | 317 | </varlistentry> |
1363 | @@ -312,8 +321,8 @@ | |||
1364 | 312 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> | 321 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> |
1365 | 313 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 322 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1366 | 314 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" width="32" depth="32" | 323 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1369 | 315 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile | 324 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar |
1370 | 316 | vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 325 | verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1371 | 317 | </term> | 326 | </term> |
1372 | 318 | 327 | ||
1373 | 319 | <listitem> | 328 | <listitem> |
1374 | @@ -329,8 +338,8 @@ | |||
1375 | 329 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> | 338 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> |
1376 | 330 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 339 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1377 | 331 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32" depth="32" | 340 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1380 | 332 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile | 341 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar |
1381 | 333 | horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 342 | horizontalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1382 | 334 | </term> | 343 | </term> |
1383 | 335 | 344 | ||
1384 | 336 | <listitem> | 345 | <listitem> |
1385 | @@ -343,22 +352,23 @@ | |||
1386 | 343 | 352 | ||
1387 | 344 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> | 353 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> |
1388 | 345 | <term> | 354 | <term> |
1391 | 346 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement | 355 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de |
1392 | 347 | mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 356 | organização</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1393 | 348 | </term> | 357 | </term> |
1394 | 349 | 358 | ||
1395 | 350 | <listitem> | 359 | <listitem> |
1400 | 351 | <para><action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the | 360 | <para><action>Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das |
1401 | 352 | opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of | 361 | janelas</action>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se |
1402 | 353 | the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, | 362 | quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, |
1403 | 354 | Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</para> | 363 | Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar |
1404 | 364 | ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</para> | ||
1405 | 355 | </listitem> | 365 | </listitem> |
1406 | 356 | </varlistentry> | 366 | </varlistentry> |
1407 | 357 | 367 | ||
1408 | 358 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> | 368 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> |
1409 | 359 | <term> | 369 | <term> |
1412 | 360 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save | 370 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar |
1413 | 361 | session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 371 | sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1414 | 362 | </term> | 372 | </term> |
1415 | 363 | 373 | ||
1416 | 364 | <listitem> | 374 | <listitem> |
1417 | @@ -374,7 +384,7 @@ | |||
1418 | 374 | <term> | 384 | <term> |
1419 | 375 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> | 385 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> |
1420 | 376 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> | 386 | <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> |
1422 | 377 | <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> | 387 | <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar como nova sessão</guimenuitem> |
1423 | 378 | </menuchoice> | 388 | </menuchoice> |
1424 | 379 | </term> | 389 | </term> |
1425 | 380 | 390 | ||
1426 | @@ -387,8 +397,8 @@ | |||
1427 | 387 | 397 | ||
1428 | 388 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> | 398 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> |
1429 | 389 | <term> | 399 | <term> |
1432 | 390 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load | 400 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Carregar |
1433 | 391 | session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 401 | sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1434 | 392 | </term> | 402 | </term> |
1435 | 393 | 403 | ||
1436 | 394 | <listitem> | 404 | <listitem> |
1437 | @@ -400,8 +410,8 @@ | |||
1438 | 400 | 410 | ||
1439 | 401 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> | 411 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> |
1440 | 402 | <term> | 412 | <term> |
1443 | 403 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete | 413 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Apagar |
1444 | 404 | session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 414 | sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1445 | 405 | </term> | 415 | </term> |
1446 | 406 | 416 | ||
1447 | 407 | <listitem> | 417 | <listitem> |
1448 | @@ -415,14 +425,14 @@ | |||
1449 | 415 | 425 | ||
1450 | 416 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> | 426 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> |
1451 | 417 | <title> | 427 | <title> |
1453 | 418 | <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> | 428 | <guimenu>Configurações</guimenu> |
1454 | 419 | </title> | 429 | </title> |
1455 | 420 | <variablelist> | 430 | <variablelist> |
1456 | 421 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> | 431 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> |
1457 | 422 | <term> | 432 | <term> |
1458 | 423 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 433 | <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1459 | 424 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" width="32" depth="32" | 434 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1461 | 425 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> | 435 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configurar &bibletime;</guimenuitem> |
1462 | 426 | </menuchoice> | 436 | </menuchoice> |
1463 | 427 | </term> | 437 | </term> |
1464 | 428 | 438 | ||
1465 | @@ -440,8 +450,8 @@ | |||
1466 | 440 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F4</keycap> | 450 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F4</keycap> |
1467 | 441 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 451 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1468 | 442 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" width="32" | 452 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" width="32" |
1471 | 443 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> | 453 | depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Configurações</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador de |
1472 | 444 | </menuchoice> | 454 | Livros</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1473 | 445 | </term> | 455 | </term> |
1474 | 446 | 456 | ||
1475 | 447 | <listitem> | 457 | <listitem> |
1476 | @@ -455,7 +465,7 @@ | |||
1477 | 455 | 465 | ||
1478 | 456 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> | 466 | <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> |
1479 | 457 | <title> | 467 | <title> |
1481 | 458 | <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | 468 | <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> |
1482 | 459 | </title> | 469 | </title> |
1483 | 460 | <variablelist> | 470 | <variablelist> |
1484 | 461 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> | 471 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> |
1485 | @@ -463,7 +473,7 @@ | |||
1486 | 463 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F1</keycap> | 473 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F1</keycap> |
1487 | 464 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 474 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1488 | 465 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32" | 475 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1490 | 466 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 476 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1491 | 467 | </term> | 477 | </term> |
1492 | 468 | <listitem> | 478 | <listitem> |
1493 | 469 | <para> | 479 | <para> |
1494 | @@ -477,7 +487,7 @@ | |||
1495 | 477 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap> | 487 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap> |
1496 | 478 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 488 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1497 | 479 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32" | 489 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1499 | 480 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bible Study HowTo</guimenuitem> | 490 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy HowTo</guimenuitem> |
1500 | 481 | </menuchoice> | 491 | </menuchoice> |
1501 | 482 | </term> | 492 | </term> |
1502 | 483 | <listitem> | 493 | <listitem> |
1503 | @@ -497,19 +507,18 @@ | |||
1504 | 497 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> | 507 | <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> |
1505 | 498 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> | 508 | </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> |
1506 | 499 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_light_bulb.png" width="22" depth="32" | 509 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_light_bulb.png" width="22" depth="32" |
1509 | 500 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the Day</guimenuitem> | 510 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do dia</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> |
1508 | 501 | </menuchoice> | ||
1510 | 502 | </term> | 511 | </term> |
1511 | 503 | <listitem> | 512 | <listitem> |
1514 | 504 | <para><action>Opens a helpful tip</action> The Tip of the Day provides a useful | 513 | <para><action>Abre uma dica útil</action> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que |
1515 | 505 | tip that will assist in the use of &bibletime;.</para> | 514 | ajudará no uso do &bibletime;.</para> |
1516 | 506 | </listitem> | 515 | </listitem> |
1517 | 507 | </varlistentry> | 516 | </varlistentry> |
1518 | 508 | 517 | ||
1519 | 509 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> | 518 | <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> |
1520 | 510 | <term> | 519 | <term> |
1523 | 511 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> | 520 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sobre</guimenuitem> |
1524 | 512 | </menuchoice> | 521 | </menuchoice> |
1525 | 513 | </term> | 522 | </term> |
1526 | 514 | <listitem> | 523 | <listitem> |
1527 | 515 | <para> | 524 | <para> |
1528 | @@ -614,7 +623,7 @@ | |||
1529 | 614 | 623 | ||
1530 | 615 | <listitem> | 624 | <listitem> |
1531 | 616 | <para> | 625 | <para> |
1533 | 617 | Search in selected works. | 626 | Buscando nas obras selecionadas. |
1534 | 618 | </para> | 627 | </para> |
1535 | 619 | </listitem> | 628 | </listitem> |
1536 | 620 | </varlistentry> | 629 | </varlistentry> |
1537 | @@ -704,7 +713,7 @@ | |||
1538 | 704 | 713 | ||
1539 | 705 | <listitem> | 714 | <listitem> |
1540 | 706 | <para> | 715 | <para> |
1542 | 707 | Select a book. | 716 | Selcione um Livro. |
1543 | 708 | </para> | 717 | </para> |
1544 | 709 | </listitem> | 718 | </listitem> |
1545 | 710 | </varlistentry> | 719 | </varlistentry> |
1546 | @@ -825,9 +834,10 @@ | |||
1547 | 825 | </entry> | 834 | </entry> |
1548 | 826 | 835 | ||
1549 | 827 | <entry> | 836 | <entry> |
1553 | 828 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement | 837 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de |
1554 | 829 | mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 838 | posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-organizar |
1555 | 830 | equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> | 839 | verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; alterna organização |
1556 | 840 | automática de janelas.</entry> | ||
1557 | 831 | </row> | 841 | </row> |
1558 | 832 | 842 | ||
1559 | 833 | <row> | 843 | <row> |
1560 | @@ -856,9 +866,9 @@ | |||
1561 | 856 | <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo> | 866 | <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo> |
1562 | 857 | </entry> | 867 | </entry> |
1563 | 858 | <entry> | 868 | <entry> |
1567 | 859 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement | 869 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de |
1568 | 860 | mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Tabbed</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 870 | posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Com abas</guimenuitem> |
1569 | 861 | equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</entry> | 871 | </menuchoice> equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo.</entry> |
1570 | 862 | </row> | 872 | </row> |
1571 | 863 | 873 | ||
1572 | 864 | <row> | 874 | <row> |
1573 | @@ -941,9 +951,9 @@ | |||
1574 | 941 | </entry> | 951 | </entry> |
1575 | 942 | 952 | ||
1576 | 943 | <entry> | 953 | <entry> |
1580 | 944 | <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"> <menuchoice> | 954 | <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> |
1581 | 945 | <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> | 955 | <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar Janelas</guimenuitem> |
1582 | 946 | </link> windows equivalent. | 956 | </menuchoice> </link> Janelas equivalentes. |
1583 | 947 | </entry> | 957 | </entry> |
1584 | 948 | </row> | 958 | </row> |
1585 | 949 | 959 | ||
1586 | @@ -1014,8 +1024,8 @@ | |||
1587 | 1014 | <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> | 1024 | <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> |
1588 | 1015 | </entry> | 1025 | </entry> |
1589 | 1016 | <entry> | 1026 | <entry> |
1592 | 1017 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy | 1027 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy |
1593 | 1018 | HowTo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</entry> | 1028 | Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo.</entry> |
1594 | 1019 | </row> | 1029 | </row> |
1595 | 1020 | 1030 | ||
1596 | 1021 | <row> | 1031 | <row> |
1597 | @@ -1023,8 +1033,8 @@ | |||
1598 | 1023 | <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo> | 1033 | <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo> |
1599 | 1024 | </entry> | 1034 | </entry> |
1600 | 1025 | <entry> | 1035 | <entry> |
1603 | 1026 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the | 1036 | <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do Dia</guimenuitem> |
1604 | 1027 | Day</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> Opens a helpful tip to use &bibletime;.</entry> | 1037 | </menuchoice> Abre uma dica útil para usar o &bibletime;.</entry> |
1605 | 1028 | </row> | 1038 | </row> |
1606 | 1029 | 1039 | ||
1607 | 1030 | <row> | 1040 | <row> |
1608 | 1031 | 1041 | ||
1609 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook' | |||
1610 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook 2010-11-09 06:29:29 +0000 | |||
1611 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1612 | @@ -6,39 +6,39 @@ | |||
1613 | 6 | 6 | ||
1614 | 7 | <sect2 id="hdbk-start-starting"> | 7 | <sect2 id="hdbk-start-starting"> |
1615 | 8 | <title>Iniciando &bibletime;</title> | 8 | <title>Iniciando &bibletime;</title> |
1618 | 9 | <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You | 9 | <para>&bibletime; é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode |
1619 | 10 | can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: <mediaobject> | 10 | iniciar o &bibletime; do Menu Iniciar com esse Ãcone: <mediaobject> |
1620 | 11 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" width="32" depth="32" | 11 | <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" width="32" depth="32" |
1621 | 12 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject> | 12 | format="PNG" /> </imageobject> |
1622 | 13 | <textobject> | 13 | <textobject> |
1624 | 14 | <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> | 14 | <phrase>Ãcone para iniciar o &bibletime; </phrase> |
1625 | 15 | </textobject> | 15 | </textobject> |
1626 | 16 | </mediaobject></para> | 16 | </mediaobject></para> |
1627 | 17 | 17 | ||
1630 | 18 | <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch | 18 | <para>&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o |
1631 | 19 | &bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: <screen>bibletime</screen></para> | 19 | &bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: <screen>bibletime</screen></para> |
1632 | 20 | </sect2> | 20 | </sect2> |
1633 | 21 | 21 | ||
1634 | 22 | <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> | 22 | <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> |
1635 | 23 | <title>Personalização de inÃcio</title> | 23 | <title>Personalização de inÃcio</title> |
1640 | 24 | <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the | 24 | <para>De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versÃculo |
1641 | 25 | default bible: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</screen> To open at a given | 25 | aleatório na bÃblia padrão: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</screen>Para abrir |
1642 | 26 | passage like John 3:16, use: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</screen> You can | 26 | uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</screen>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em |
1643 | 27 | also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> | 27 | seu idioma</para> |
1644 | 28 | </sect2> | 28 | </sect2> |
1645 | 29 | </sect1> | 29 | </sect1> |
1646 | 30 | 30 | ||
1647 | 31 | <sect1 id="hdbk-start-firstrun"> | 31 | <sect1 id="hdbk-start-firstrun"> |
1649 | 32 | <title>Starting &bibletime; for the first time</title> | 32 | <title>Iniciando &bibletime; pela primeira vez</title> |
1650 | 33 | 33 | ||
1654 | 34 | <para>If you are starting &bibletime; for the first time, you will want to | 34 | <para>Se você está iniciando o &bibletime; pela primeira vez, você precisará |
1655 | 35 | configure the following options, available under the <link | 35 | configurar as seguintes opções, disponÃveis na<link |
1656 | 36 | linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">Settings menu bar</link>.</para> | 36 | linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">barra de menu Configurações</link>.</para> |
1657 | 37 | 37 | ||
1658 | 38 | <variablelist> | 38 | <variablelist> |
1659 | 39 | <varlistentry> | 39 | <varlistentry> |
1660 | 40 | <term> | 40 | <term> |
1662 | 41 | <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> | 41 | <interface>Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime; </interface> |
1663 | 42 | </term> | 42 | </term> |
1664 | 43 | <listitem> | 43 | <listitem> |
1665 | 44 | <para> | 44 | <para> |
1666 | @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ | |||
1667 | 50 | 50 | ||
1668 | 51 | <varlistentry> | 51 | <varlistentry> |
1669 | 52 | <term> | 52 | <term> |
1671 | 53 | <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> | 53 | <interface>Gerenciador de Livros</interface> |
1672 | 54 | </term> | 54 | </term> |
1673 | 55 | <listitem> | 55 | <listitem> |
1674 | 56 | <para><action>Modifica sua Estante.</action> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar | 56 | <para><action>Modifica sua Estante.</action> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar |
1675 | 57 | 57 | ||
1676 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
1677 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1678 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1679 | @@ -42,23 +42,24 @@ | |||
1680 | 42 | </authorgroup> | 42 | </authorgroup> |
1681 | 43 | 43 | ||
1682 | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 44 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> |
1684 | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> | 45 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> |
1685 | 46 | </copyright> | 46 | </copyright> |
1686 | 47 | 47 | ||
1687 | 48 | <legalnotice> | 48 | <legalnotice> |
1689 | 49 | <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> | 49 | <para>O Manual do &bibletime; é distribuÃdo como parte do programa &bibletime;.</para> |
1690 | 50 | </legalnotice> | 50 | </legalnotice> |
1691 | 51 | 51 | ||
1693 | 52 | <date>December 2011</date> | 52 | <date>Janeiro 2012</date> |
1694 | 53 | 53 | ||
1696 | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> | 54 | <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> |
1697 | 55 | 55 | ||
1698 | 56 | <abstract> | 56 | <abstract> |
1704 | 57 | <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 57 | <para>&bibletime; é um programa de estudo da BÃblia completamente livre. A |
1705 | 58 | interface is built with &qt; framework, which makes it run on several | 58 | interface com o usuário é construÃda com o framework &qt;, que pode ser |
1706 | 59 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The | 59 | executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD |
1707 | 60 | software uses the &sword; programming library to work with over 200 free | 60 | e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o &sword; biblioteca de programação que |
1708 | 61 | Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;.</para> | 61 | trabalha com mais de 200 textos bÃblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e |
1709 | 62 | livros providos pela &cbs;.</para> | ||
1710 | 62 | </abstract> | 63 | </abstract> |
1711 | 63 | 64 | ||
1712 | 64 | <keywordset> | 65 | <keywordset> |
1713 | @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ | |||
1714 | 66 | <keyword>BibleTime</keyword> | 67 | <keyword>BibleTime</keyword> |
1715 | 67 | <keyword>SWORD</keyword> | 68 | <keyword>SWORD</keyword> |
1716 | 68 | <keyword>Crosswire</keyword> | 69 | <keyword>Crosswire</keyword> |
1718 | 69 | <keyword>Help dialog</keyword> | 70 | <keyword>Diálogo de ajuda</keyword> |
1719 | 70 | </keywordset> | 71 | </keywordset> |
1720 | 71 | </bookinfo> | 72 | </bookinfo> |
1721 | 72 | &hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; &hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5; | 73 | &hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; &hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5; |
1722 | 73 | 74 | ||
1723 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html' | |||
1724 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1725 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1726 | @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ | |||
1729 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> |
1730 | 2 | <span class="guimenu">Display</span> | 2 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> |
1731 | 3 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> | 3 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> |
1733 | 4 | <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> | 4 | <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> |
1734 | 5 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> | 5 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> |
1736 | 6 | <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> | 6 | <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> |
1737 | 7 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> | 7 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> |
1739 | 8 | <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> | 8 | <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> |
1740 | 9 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nessa seção você vai encontrar uma visão geral de como configurar o | 9 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nessa seção você vai encontrar uma visão geral de como configurar o |
1741 | 10 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, que pode ser encontrado em <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> no | 10 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, que pode ser encontrado em <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> no |
1742 | 11 | menu principal.</p><div class="sect1" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A interface de usuário do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser personalizada de várias | 11 | menu principal.</p><div class="sect1" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A interface de usuário do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser personalizada de várias |
1743 | 12 | maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Você pode acessar o diálogo de | 12 | maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Você pode acessar o diálogo de |
1746 | 13 | configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> | 13 | configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Exibir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> |
1747 | 14 | <span class="guimenu">Display</span> | 14 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> |
1748 | 15 | </h3></div></div></div><p>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma | 15 | </h3></div></div></div><p>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma |
1749 | 16 | dessas opções: | 16 | dessas opções: |
1750 | 17 | </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Mostrar logo de inicialização</p></li></ul></div><p>Modelos de exibição definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). Há | 17 | </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Mostrar logo de inicialização</p></li></ul></div><p>Modelos de exibição definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). Há |
1751 | 18 | vários modelos internos disponíveis. Se você escolher um, irá ver uma | 18 | vários modelos internos disponíveis. Se você escolher um, irá ver uma |
1754 | 19 | pré-visualização no painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> | 19 | pré-visualização no painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mesa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> |
1755 | 20 | <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> | 20 | <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> |
1756 | 21 | </h3></div></div></div><p>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser | 21 | </h3></div></div></div><p>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser |
1757 | 22 | personalizados no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio | 22 | personalizados no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio |
1758 | 23 | diálogo. Você também tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padrões que | 23 | diálogo. Você também tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padrões que |
1759 | @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ | |||
1760 | 25 | referência. Um exemplo: a Bíblia padrão usada para mostrar o conteúdo de | 25 | referência. Um exemplo: a Bíblia padrão usada para mostrar o conteúdo de |
1761 | 26 | referências cruzadas na Bíblia. Quando você passar por cima delas, a lupa | 26 | referências cruzadas na Bíblia. Quando você passar por cima delas, a lupa |
1762 | 27 | vai mostrar o conteúdo dos versículos referidos, de acordo com a Bíblia | 27 | vai mostrar o conteúdo dos versículos referidos, de acordo com a Bíblia |
1765 | 28 | padro que você especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> | 28 | padro que você especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Idiomas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> |
1766 | 29 | <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> | 29 | <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> |
1767 | 30 | </h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros | 30 | </h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros |
1768 | 31 | bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em | 31 | bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em |
1769 | 32 | casa.</p><p>Por padrão, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa a fonte padro do sistema. Você pode sobrescrever | 32 | casa.</p><p>Por padrão, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa a fonte padro do sistema. Você pode sobrescrever |
1770 | 33 | essa fonte se necessário. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para | 33 | essa fonte se necessário. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para |
1771 | 34 | serem exibidos corretamente, e esse diálogo permite a você especificar uma | 34 | serem exibidos corretamente, e esse diálogo permite a você especificar uma |
1773 | 35 | fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você | 35 | fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="O diálogo de Opções - Fontes."></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você |
1774 | 36 | deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma | 36 | deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma |
1775 | 37 | obra somente mostra uma série de pontos de interrogação (??????) ou caixas | 37 | obra somente mostra uma série de pontos de interrogação (??????) ou caixas |
1776 | 38 | vazias, então a fonte de exibição padrão não contém os caracteres usados | 38 | vazias, então a fonte de exibição padrão não contém os caracteres usados |
1777 | @@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ | |||
1778 | 52 | </td><td>Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de | 52 | </td><td>Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de |
1779 | 53 | caracteres.</td></tr><tr><td> | 53 | caracteres.</td></tr><tr><td> |
1780 | 54 | <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> | 54 | <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> |
1782 | 55 | SIL unicode fonts</a> | 55 | Fontes unicode SIL</a> |
1783 | 56 | </td><td>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer.</td></tr><tr><td> | 56 | </td><td>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer.</td></tr><tr><td> |
1784 | 57 | <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a> | 57 | <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a> |
1785 | 58 | </td><td>Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita.</td></tr><tr><td> | 58 | </td><td>Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita.</td></tr><tr><td> |
1788 | 59 | <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> | 59 | <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> Diretório |
1789 | 60 | Crosswire's font directory</a> | 60 | de fontes crosswire</a> |
1790 | 61 | </td><td>Várias fontes disponíveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td> | 61 | </td><td>Várias fontes disponíveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td> |
1791 | 62 | <a class="ulink" href="http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> | 62 | <a class="ulink" href="http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> |
1792 | 63 | Bitstream CyberBit</a> | 63 | Bitstream CyberBit</a> |
1793 | @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ | |||
1794 | 69 | </td><td>Cobertura parcial, ver informações no site linkado.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph | 69 | </td><td>Cobertura parcial, ver informações no site linkado.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph |
1795 | 70 | Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Fontes TrueType | 70 | Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Fontes TrueType |
1796 | 71 | UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</a>), ou a por Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top">Faixas de caracteres | 71 | UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</a>), ou a por Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top">Faixas de caracteres |
1799 | 72 | Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Shortcuts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> | 72 | Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Atalhos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> |
1800 | 73 | <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> | 73 | <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> |
1801 | 74 | </h3></div></div></div><p>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no | 74 | </h3></div></div></div><p>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no |
1802 | 75 | lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vários comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> têm teclas de | 75 | lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vários comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> têm teclas de |
1803 | 76 | atalho pré-definidas (veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">esta | 76 | atalho pré-definidas (veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">esta |
1804 | 77 | seção</a> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do | 77 | seção</a> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do |
1805 | 78 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para | 78 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para |
1808 | 79 | acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut | 79 | acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário |
1809 | 80 | defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 80 | definido, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
1810 | 81 | 81 | ||
1811 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html' | |||
1812 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1813 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1814 | @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ | |||
1820 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Sobre BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Sobre BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes |
1821 | 2 | and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and | 2 | tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são |
1822 | 3 | manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which | 3 | fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a>, que provê a |
1823 | 4 | provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible | 4 | funcionalidade de back-end para o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, tal como visualizar texto |
1824 | 5 | text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos | 5 | bíblico, pesquisar, etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> é o produto carro-chefe da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos |
1825 | 6 | formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informações completas sobre os | 6 | formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informações completas sobre os |
1826 | 7 | formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> seção de | 7 | formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> seção de |
1828 | 8 | desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Obras disponíveis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, | 8 | desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Obras disponíveis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div><p>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. Estão inclusos: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, |
1829 | 9 | cabeçalhos e/ou rodapés no texto. Bíblias estão disponíveis em muitos | 9 | cabeçalhos e/ou rodapés no texto. Bíblias estão disponíveis em muitos |
1830 | 10 | idiomas, e incluem no somente verses modernas, mas também textos antigos | 10 | idiomas, e incluem no somente verses modernas, mas também textos antigos |
1831 | 11 | como o Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", | 11 | como o Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", |
1832 | @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ | |||
1833 | 14 | John Wesley, o comentário de Matthew Henry e o "Comentário sobre Gálatas" de | 14 | John Wesley, o comentário de Matthew Henry e o "Comentário sobre Gálatas" de |
1834 | 15 | Lutero. Com o comentário <span class="emphasis"><em>pessoal</em></span> você pode <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu próprio comentário"> gravar suas próprias notas | 15 | Lutero. Com o comentário <span class="emphasis"><em>pessoal</em></span> você pode <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu próprio comentário"> gravar suas próprias notas |
1835 | 16 | pessoas</a> nas seções da Bíblia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionais diários</span></dt><dd><p>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras | 16 | pessoas</a> nas seções da Bíblia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionais diários</span></dt><dd><p>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras |
1841 | 17 | disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the | 17 | disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd><p>Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e |
1842 | 18 | International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include | 18 | a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis |
1843 | 19 | Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's | 19 | incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego |
1844 | 20 | Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical | 20 | de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, |
1845 | 21 | Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivação"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer | 21 | Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivação"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer |
1846 | 22 | no seu relacionamento com Ele. Nós batalhamos para tornar isso um programa | 22 | no seu relacionamento com Ele. Nós batalhamos para tornar isso um programa |
1847 | 23 | poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operação | 23 | poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operação |
1848 | 24 | intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas | 24 | intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas |
1849 | 25 | 25 | ||
1850 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html' | |||
1851 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1852 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1853 | @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ | |||
1855 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para |
1856 | 2 | gerenciar sua Estante. Você pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e | 2 | gerenciar sua Estante. Você pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e |
1857 | 3 | atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em | 3 | atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em |
1858 | 4 | <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da | 4 | <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da |
1859 | 5 | Estante</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se esta é a primeira vez que você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clique no | 5 | Estante</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se esta é a primeira vez que você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clique no |
1864 | 6 | botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard | 6 | botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar onde o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode armazenar sua Estante no |
1865 | 7 | drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is | 7 | disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é |
1866 | 8 | "~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application | 8 | "~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application |
1867 | 9 | Data\Sword" for Windows.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco | 9 | Data\Sword" para Windows.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco |
1868 | 10 | rígido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, então você pode adicionar o caminho | 10 | rígido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, então você pode adicionar o caminho |
1869 | 11 | para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o | 11 | para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o |
1879 | 12 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalar/atualizar obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called | 12 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalar/atualizar obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado |
1880 | 13 | "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These | 13 | "biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas |
1881 | 14 | libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's | 14 | bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do <span class="application">SWORD</span>), ou remota (por |
1882 | 15 | online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span> | 15 | ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos <span class="application">SWORD</span>, ou outro site |
1883 | 16 | modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton">Get | 16 | oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em |
1884 | 17 | list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation | 17 | <span class="guibutton">Obter lista...</span> quando houver aberto o diálogo |
1885 | 18 | Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with | 18 | <span class="guibutton">Nova fonte de instalação</span>. Você pode gerenciar suas |
1886 | 19 | <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete | 19 | bibliotecas com <span class="guibutton">Adicionar biblioteca</span> e |
1887 | 20 | library</span>.</p><p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma | 20 | <span class="guibutton">Excluir biblioteca</span>.</p><p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma |
1888 | 21 | biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para | 21 | biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para |
1889 | 22 | instalar a(s) obra(s). Então clique em <span class="guibutton">Conectar | 22 | instalar a(s) obra(s). Então clique em <span class="guibutton">Conectar |
1890 | 23 | biblioteca</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> irá varrer o conteúdo da biblioteca e | 23 | biblioteca</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> irá varrer o conteúdo da biblioteca e |
1891 | 24 | 24 | ||
1892 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html' | |||
1893 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1894 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1895 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
1897 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão |
1898 | 2 | <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele | 2 | <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele |
1899 | 3 | permitir a você <span class="guimenuitem">Selecionar</span>, | 3 | permitir a você <span class="guimenuitem">Selecionar</span>, |
1900 | 4 | <span class="guimenuitem">Copiar</span> (para a rea de transferência), | 4 | <span class="guimenuitem">Copiar</span> (para a rea de transferência), |
1901 | 5 | 5 | ||
1902 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html' | |||
1903 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1904 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1905 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
1907 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Estante de Livros"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Estante de Livros"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por |
1908 | 2 | categoria e idioma. Ela também tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui | 2 | categoria e idioma. Ela também tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui |
1909 | 3 | onde você pode armazenar e acessar seus próprios marcadores.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lendo obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o | 3 | onde você pode armazenar e acessar seus próprios marcadores.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lendo obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o |
1910 | 4 | <span class="mousebutton">boto esquerdo do mouse</span> na categoria desejada | 4 | <span class="mousebutton">boto esquerdo do mouse</span> na categoria desejada |
1911 | @@ -10,21 +10,22 @@ | |||
1912 | 10 | versículo/passagem (o cursor muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a | 10 | versículo/passagem (o cursor muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a |
1913 | 11 | Estante. Solte-o na obra que você quer abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura | 11 | Estante. Solte-o na obra que você quer abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura |
1914 | 12 | no local especificado. Você também pode arrastar uma referência de versículo | 12 | no local especificado. Você também pode arrastar uma referência de versículo |
1930 | 13 | para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informação adicional sobre obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the | 13 | para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informação adicional sobre obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Se você clicar com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no |
1931 | 14 | symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are | 14 | símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para |
1932 | 15 | relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens | 15 | essa obra. <span class="guimenuitem">"Sobre essa obra"</span> abre uma janela com |
1933 | 16 | a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. | 16 | várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra |
1934 | 17 | <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for | 17 | selecionada. <span class="guimenuitem">"Destravar essa obra"</span> abre um |
1935 | 18 | encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the | 18 | pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a |
1936 | 19 | work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Locked | 19 | chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras |
1937 | 20 | Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the | 20 | travadas, veja <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> essa |
1938 | 21 | <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting | 21 | página</a> no site da <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão |
1939 | 22 | <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and | 22 | <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando |
1940 | 23 | clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same | 23 | <span class="guimenuitem">"Buscar em obra(s)"</span>. Pressionando Shift e |
1941 | 24 | procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these | 24 | clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o |
1942 | 25 | documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features | 25 | mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em |
1943 | 26 | can be found on the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">Searching in Works | 26 | todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de |
1944 | 27 | section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Trabalhando com marcadores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p> | 27 | busca podem ser encontrados <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">Fazendo Buscas |
1945 | 28 | nas seções das Obras</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Trabalhando com marcadores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p> | ||
1946 | 28 | 29 | ||
1947 | 29 | </p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p></div><p> | 30 | </p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p></div><p> |
1948 | 30 | 31 | ||
1949 | 31 | 32 | ||
1950 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html' | |||
1951 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1952 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1953 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
1955 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o |
1956 | 2 | capítulo da bíblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que está acostumado | 2 | capítulo da bíblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que está acostumado |
1957 | 3 | em outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o botão | 3 | em outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o botão |
1958 | 4 | <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e selecionando | 4 | <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e selecionando |
1959 | @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ | |||
1960 | 28 | parênteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) | 28 | parênteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) |
1961 | 29 | AND Deus'.</p><p>Para buscar texto que não seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto | 29 | AND Deus'.</p><p>Para buscar texto que não seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto |
1962 | 30 | seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para | 30 | seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para |
1964 | 31 | exemplos.</p><p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar | 31 | exemplos.</p><p>Tipos de texto disponíveis: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar |
1965 | 32 | <span class="guimenu">Sobre</span> para encontrar qual dos critérios de busca acima | 32 | <span class="guimenu">Sobre</span> para encontrar qual dos critérios de busca acima |
1966 | 33 | podem funcionar para você. Nem todos os livros tem características embutidas | 33 | podem funcionar para você. Nem todos os livros tem características embutidas |
1967 | 34 | para permitir este tipo de busca.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa o módulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele | 34 | para permitir este tipo de busca.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa o módulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele |
1968 | 35 | 35 | ||
1969 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html' | |||
1970 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1971 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1972 | @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ | |||
1981 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Viso geral do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Viso geral do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p>Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="A janela do aplicativo BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do |
1982 | 2 | application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the | 2 | aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas |
1983 | 3 | Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The | 3 | na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus |
1984 | 4 | little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information | 4 | marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para |
1985 | 5 | that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote | 5 | mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando |
1986 | 6 | marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the | 6 | você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai |
1987 | 7 | footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the | 7 | mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá |
1988 | 8 | Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 8 | acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você |
1989 | 9 | realmente faz seu trabalho.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> | ||
1990 | 9 | 10 | ||
1991 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html' | |||
1992 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
1993 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
1994 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
1996 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições |
1997 | 2 | correspondentes no livro de mão. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou | 2 | correspondentes no livro de mão. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou |
1998 | 3 | menos) alfabeticamente. Se você deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de | 3 | menos) alfabeticamente. Se você deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de |
1999 | 4 | atalho um menu tem, você pode olhar no item em si no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (pois ele | 4 | atalho um menu tem, você pode olhar no item em si no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (pois ele |
2000 | @@ -27,9 +27,10 @@ | |||
2001 | 27 | automática de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> | 27 | automática de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> |
2002 | 28 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+I</strong></span> | 28 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+I</strong></span> |
2003 | 29 | </td><td> | 29 | </td><td> |
2007 | 30 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement | 30 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de |
2008 | 31 | mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile</span> | 31 | posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-organizar |
2009 | 32 | equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> | 32 | verticalmente</span> equivalente; alterna organização |
2010 | 33 | automática de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> | ||
2011 | 33 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+J</strong></span> | 34 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+J</strong></span> |
2012 | 34 | </td><td> | 35 | </td><td> |
2013 | 35 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento | 36 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento |
2014 | @@ -41,9 +42,8 @@ | |||
2015 | 41 | posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> | 42 | posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> |
2016 | 42 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+T</strong></span> | 43 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+T</strong></span> |
2017 | 43 | </td><td> | 44 | </td><td> |
2021 | 44 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement | 45 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de |
2022 | 45 | mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tabbed</span> | 46 | posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Com abas</span> equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo.</td></tr><tr><td> |
2020 | 46 | equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</td></tr><tr><td> | ||
2023 | 47 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> | 47 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> |
2024 | 48 | </td><td> | 48 | </td><td> |
2025 | 49 | <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> </a> equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sessão.</td></tr><tr><td> | 49 | <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> </a> equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sessão.</td></tr><tr><td> |
2026 | @@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ | |||
2027 | 70 | </td></tr><tr><td> | 70 | </td></tr><tr><td> |
2028 | 71 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> | 71 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> |
2029 | 72 | </td><td> | 72 | </td><td> |
2032 | 73 | <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> | 73 | <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar Janelas</span> </a> Janelas equivalentes. |
2031 | 74 | </a> windows equivalent. | ||
2033 | 75 | </td></tr><tr><td> | 74 | </td></tr><tr><td> |
2034 | 76 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> | 75 | <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> |
2035 | 77 | </td><td> | 76 | </td><td> |
2036 | @@ -100,12 +99,11 @@ | |||
2037 | 100 | mão</span> equivalente; abre o livro de mão.</td></tr><tr><td> | 99 | mão</span> equivalente; abre o livro de mão.</td></tr><tr><td> |
2038 | 101 | <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> | 100 | <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> |
2039 | 102 | </td><td> | 101 | </td><td> |
2042 | 103 | <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy | 102 | <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy |
2043 | 104 | HowTo</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td> | 103 | Howto</span> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td> |
2044 | 105 | <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> | 104 | <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> |
2045 | 106 | </td><td> | 105 | </td><td> |
2048 | 107 | <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the | 106 | <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do Dia</span> Abre uma dica útil para usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> |
2047 | 108 | Day</span> Opens a helpful tip to use <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> | ||
2049 | 109 | <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> | 107 | <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> |
2050 | 110 | </td><td> | 108 | </td><td> |
2051 | 111 | <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> | 109 | <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> |
2052 | 112 | 110 | ||
2053 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html' | |||
2054 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
2055 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
2056 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
2058 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div><p> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div><p> |
2059 | 2 | Nesta seção você pode encontrar descrições dos ícones associados com livros | 2 | Nesta seção você pode encontrar descrições dos ícones associados com livros |
2060 | 3 | abertos. | 3 | abertos. |
2061 | 4 | </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> | 4 | </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> |
2062 | @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ | |||
2063 | 29 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> | 29 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> |
2064 | 30 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> | 30 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> |
2065 | 31 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 31 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2067 | 32 | Search in selected works. | 32 | Buscando nas obras selecionadas. |
2068 | 33 | </p></dd></dl></div><p> | 33 | </p></dd></dl></div><p> |
2069 | 34 | </p><p> | 34 | </p><p> |
2070 | 35 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> | 35 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> |
2071 | @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ | |||
2072 | 59 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> | 59 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> |
2073 | 60 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> | 60 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> |
2074 | 61 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 61 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2076 | 62 | Select a book. | 62 | Selcione um Livro. |
2077 | 63 | </p></dd></dl></div><p> | 63 | </p></dd></dl></div><p> |
2078 | 64 | </p><p> | 64 | </p><p> |
2079 | 65 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> | 65 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> |
2080 | 66 | 66 | ||
2081 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html' | |||
2082 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
2083 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
2084 | @@ -1,159 +1,170 @@ | |||
2087 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> |
2088 | 2 | <span class="guimenu">File</span> | 2 | <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> |
2089 | 3 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> | 3 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> |
2091 | 4 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> | 4 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> |
2092 | 5 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> | 5 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> |
2094 | 6 | <span class="guimenu">Search</span> | 6 | O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span> |
2095 | 7 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> | 7 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> |
2097 | 8 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> | 8 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> |
2098 | 9 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> | 9 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> |
2100 | 10 | <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> | 10 | <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> |
2101 | 11 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> | 11 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> |
2103 | 12 | <span class="guimenu">Help</span> | 12 | <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> |
2104 | 13 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência do menu principal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referência do menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Nessa seção você pode encontrar descrições detalhadas de todos os itens do | 13 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência do menu principal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referência do menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Nessa seção você pode encontrar descrições detalhadas de todos os itens do |
2105 | 14 | menu principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Eles são apresentados na mesma ordem em que | 14 | menu principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Eles são apresentados na mesma ordem em que |
2106 | 15 | aparecem no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual | 15 | aparecem no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual |
2107 | 16 | eles pertencem. Você também pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma | 16 | eles pertencem. Você também pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma |
2110 | 17 | listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> | 17 | listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Arquivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> |
2111 | 18 | <span class="guimenu">File</span> | 18 | <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> |
2112 | 19 | </h3></div></div></div><p> | 19 | </h3></div></div></div><p> |
2113 | 20 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> | 20 | </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> |
2118 | 21 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> | 21 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Arquivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Abrir obra</span> |
2119 | 22 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to | 22 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Trabalho Aberto.</span> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir |
2120 | 23 | open installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> | 23 | os livros instalados.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> |
2121 | 24 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) | 24 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sair</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2122 | 25 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 25 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2123 | 26 | <span class="action">Fecha o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ir perguntar se você | 26 | <span class="action">Fecha o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ir perguntar se você |
2124 | 27 | deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p> | 27 | deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p> |
2127 | 28 | </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> | 28 | </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Exibir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> |
2128 | 29 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> | 29 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> |
2129 | 30 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> | 30 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> |
2131 | 31 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) | 31 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo em Tela Cheia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2132 | 32 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 32 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2133 | 33 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição em tela inteira.</span> Alterne essa chave para | 33 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição em tela inteira.</span> Alterne essa chave para |
2134 | 34 | maximizar a janela do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> | 34 | maximizar a janela do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> |
2136 | 35 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> | 35 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Estante</span> |
2137 | 36 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 36 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2138 | 37 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Estante.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir | 37 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Estante.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir |
2139 | 38 | ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando você | 38 | ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando você |
2140 | 39 | precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> | 39 | precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> |
2142 | 40 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> | 40 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Marcadores</span> |
2143 | 41 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 41 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2144 | 42 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição dos Marcadores.</span> Alterne essa chave para | 42 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição dos Marcadores.</span> Alterne essa chave para |
2145 | 43 | exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil | 43 | exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil |
2146 | 44 | quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> | 44 | quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> |
2148 | 45 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> | 45 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Lupa</span> |
2149 | 46 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 46 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2150 | 47 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Lupa.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou | 47 | <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Lupa.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou |
2151 | 48 | ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> | 48 | ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> |
2153 | 49 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> | 49 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar textos dos |
2154 | 50 | cabeçalhos</span> | ||
2155 | 50 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 51 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2158 | 51 | <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to | 52 | <span class="action">Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</span>Alternar esta |
2159 | 52 | allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> | 53 | visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos |
2160 | 54 | trabalhos abertos. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> | ||
2161 | 53 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) | 55 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2181 | 54 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn | 56 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</span> Alterne |
2182 | 55 | the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> | 57 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> |
2183 | 56 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span> | 58 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de |
2184 | 57 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or | 59 | Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir navegação</span> |
2185 | 58 | remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the | 60 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alternar navegação nas obras.</span> Alternar essa configuração |
2186 | 59 | full toolbar in the open works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> | 61 | para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser |
2187 | 60 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span> | 62 | útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> |
2188 | 61 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or | 63 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de |
2189 | 62 | remove the works icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> | 64 | posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. |
2190 | 63 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span> | 65 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne |
2191 | 64 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or | 66 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> |
2192 | 65 | remove the tools icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> | 67 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de |
2193 | 66 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span> | 68 | ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir ferramentas</span> |
2194 | 67 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in | 69 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne |
2195 | 68 | Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> | 70 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> |
2196 | 69 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span> | 71 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de |
2197 | 70 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or | 72 | Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir formato</span> |
2198 | 71 | remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> | 73 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna formato.</span> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos |
2199 | 72 | <span class="guimenu">Search</span> | 74 | comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas |
2200 | 75 | formatação.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> | ||
2201 | 76 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de | ||
2202 | 77 | ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir barras de ferramentas nas | ||
2203 | 78 | janelas de texto</span> | ||
2204 | 79 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</span> Alterne | ||
2205 | 80 | essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="O Busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> | ||
2206 | 81 | O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span> | ||
2207 | 73 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> | 82 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> |
2208 | 74 | <span class="guimenu"> | 83 | <span class="guimenu"> |
2210 | 75 | <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) | 84 | <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar na bíblia padrão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2211 | 76 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bíblia | 85 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bíblia |
2212 | 77 | padro</span>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Diálogo de Busca. Uma | 86 | padro</span>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Diálogo de Busca. Uma |
2213 | 78 | descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> | 87 | descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> |
2216 | 79 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in | 88 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar nos |
2217 | 80 | open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) | 89 | trabalhos abertos</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2218 | 81 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar em todas as | 90 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar em todas as |
2219 | 82 | obras</span>. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Diálogo de | 91 | obras</span>. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Diálogo de |
2222 | 83 | Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> | 92 | Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Janela"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> |
2223 | 84 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> | 93 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> |
2224 | 85 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> | 94 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> |
2227 | 86 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close | 95 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar |
2228 | 87 | window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) | 96 | Janela</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2229 | 88 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 97 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2231 | 89 | <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> | 98 | <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas ativas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> |
2232 | 90 | <span class="guimenu"> | 99 | <span class="guimenu"> |
2234 | 91 | <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) | 100 | <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar tudo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2235 | 92 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 101 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2236 | 93 | <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas abertas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> | 102 | <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas abertas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> |
2238 | 94 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) | 103 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2239 | 95 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 104 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2240 | 96 | <span class="action">Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</span>. | 105 | <span class="action">Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</span>. |
2241 | 97 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> | 106 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> |
2243 | 98 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) | 107 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2244 | 99 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 108 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2246 | 100 | <span class="action">Tiles all open windows</span>. | 109 | <span class="action">Organiza todas as janelas abertas</span>. |
2247 | 101 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> | 110 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> |
2250 | 102 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile | 111 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar |
2251 | 103 | vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) | 112 | verticalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2252 | 104 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 113 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2253 | 105 | <span class="action">Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas | 114 | <span class="action">Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas |
2254 | 106 | abertas</span>. | 115 | abertas</span>. |
2255 | 107 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> | 116 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> |
2258 | 108 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile | 117 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar |
2259 | 109 | horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) | 118 | horizontalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2260 | 110 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 119 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2261 | 111 | <span class="action">Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas | 120 | <span class="action">Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas |
2262 | 112 | abertas</span>. | 121 | abertas</span>. |
2263 | 113 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> | 122 | </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> |
2272 | 114 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement | 123 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de |
2273 | 115 | mode</span> | 124 | organização</span> |
2274 | 116 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the | 125 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das |
2275 | 117 | opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of | 126 | janelas</span>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se |
2276 | 118 | the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, | 127 | quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, |
2277 | 119 | Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> | 128 | Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar |
2278 | 120 | <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save | 129 | ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> |
2279 | 121 | session</span> | 130 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar |
2280 | 131 | sessão</span> | ||
2281 | 122 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 132 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2282 | 123 | <span class="action">Diretamente salva a sessão atual</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de | 133 | <span class="action">Diretamente salva a sessão atual</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de |
2283 | 124 | contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para salvar. Ela | 134 | contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para salvar. Ela |
2284 | 125 | pode ser sobrescrita com sua sessão atual. Veja o próximo item sobre como | 135 | pode ser sobrescrita com sua sessão atual. Veja o próximo item sobre como |
2285 | 126 | salvar para uma nova sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> | 136 | salvar para uma nova sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> |
2287 | 127 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) | 137 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2288 | 128 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 138 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2289 | 129 | <span class="action">Salva a sessão atual sob um novo nome</span>. Essa irá perguntar | 139 | <span class="action">Salva a sessão atual sob um novo nome</span>. Essa irá perguntar |
2290 | 130 | por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> | 140 | por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> |
2293 | 131 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load | 141 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Carregar |
2294 | 132 | session</span> | 142 | sessão</span> |
2295 | 133 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 143 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2296 | 134 | <span class="action">Carrega uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de | 144 | <span class="action">Carrega uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de |
2297 | 135 | contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> | 145 | contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> |
2300 | 136 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete | 146 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Apagar |
2301 | 137 | session</span> | 147 | sessão</span> |
2302 | 138 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 148 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2303 | 139 | <span class="action">Exclui uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de | 149 | <span class="action">Exclui uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de |
2306 | 140 | contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> | 150 | contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Configurações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> |
2307 | 141 | <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> | 151 | <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> |
2308 | 142 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> | 152 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> |
2310 | 143 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> | 153 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> |
2311 | 144 | </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre o diálogo de configuração principal do | 154 | </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre o diálogo de configuração principal do |
2312 | 145 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Você pode mudar todo tipo de configurações legais aqui | 155 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Você pode mudar todo tipo de configurações legais aqui |
2313 | 146 | para adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sua necessidade. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> | 156 | para adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sua necessidade. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> |
2315 | 147 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) | 157 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador de |
2316 | 158 | Livros</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) | ||
2317 | 148 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre um diálogo onde você pode mudar sua configuração do Sword e | 159 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre um diálogo onde você pode mudar sua configuração do Sword e |
2320 | 149 | gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> | 160 | gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Ajuda"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> |
2321 | 150 | <span class="guimenu">Help</span> | 161 | <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> |
2322 | 151 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> | 162 | </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> |
2324 | 152 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) | 163 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2325 | 153 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 164 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2326 | 154 | <span class="action">Abre o guia de usuário <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> que você está lendo | 165 | <span class="action">Abre o guia de usuário <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> que você está lendo |
2327 | 155 | agora.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> | 166 | agora.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> |
2329 | 156 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) | 167 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2330 | 157 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 168 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2331 | 158 | <span class="action">Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bíblia</span> A equipe do | 169 | <span class="action">Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bíblia</span> A equipe do |
2332 | 159 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as | 170 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as |
2333 | @@ -162,10 +173,10 @@ | |||
2334 | 162 | esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas | 173 | esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas |
2335 | 163 | dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua | 174 | dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua |
2336 | 164 | palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> | 175 | palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> |
2341 | 165 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) | 176 | <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do dia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) |
2342 | 166 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful | 177 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre uma dica útil</span> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que |
2343 | 167 | tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> | 178 | ajudará no uso do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> |
2344 | 168 | <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> | 179 | <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sobre</span> |
2345 | 169 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 180 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2346 | 170 | <span class="action">Abre uma janela com informações do projeto <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> | 181 | <span class="action">Abre uma janela com informações do projeto <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> |
2347 | 171 | contém informações sobre a versão do software <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, contribuidores do | 182 | contém informações sobre a versão do software <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, contribuidores do |
2348 | 172 | 183 | ||
2349 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html' | |||
2350 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
2351 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
2352 | @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ | |||
2356 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</h2></div></div></div><p>Se você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez, você precisará |
2357 | 2 | configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> | 2 | configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Configurações">barra de menu Configurações</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> |
2358 | 3 | <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> | 3 | <span class="interface">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </span> |
2359 | 4 | </span></dt><dd><p> | 4 | </span></dt><dd><p> |
2360 | 5 | <span class="action">Customiza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Esse diálogo permite adaptar o | 5 | <span class="action">Customiza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Esse diálogo permite adaptar o |
2361 | 6 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> s suas necessidades. Veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">a | 6 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span> s suas necessidades. Veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">a |
2362 | 7 | descrição detalhada</a> desse diálogo.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> | 7 | descrição detalhada</a> desse diálogo.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> |
2364 | 8 | <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> | 8 | <span class="interface">Gerenciador de Livros</span> |
2365 | 9 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifica sua Estante.</span> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar | 9 | </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifica sua Estante.</span> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar |
2366 | 10 | sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se | 10 | sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se |
2367 | 11 | nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"> essa seção</a> para mais detalhes. Se | 11 | nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"> essa seção</a> para mais detalhes. Se |
2368 | 12 | 12 | ||
2369 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html' | |||
2370 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
2371 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
2372 | @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | |||
2379 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Como iniciar o BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Como iniciar o BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode |
2380 | 2 | can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch | 2 | iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="ícone para iniciar o BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o |
2381 | 3 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Personalização de início"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the | 3 | <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Personalização de início"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div><p>De um terminal você pode usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir um versículo |
2382 | 4 | default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given | 4 | aleatório na bíblia padrão: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>Para abrir |
2383 | 5 | passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</pre><p> You can | 5 | uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</pre><p>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em |
2384 | 6 | also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 6 | seu idioma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
2385 | 7 | 7 | ||
2386 | === modified file 'docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html' | |||
2387 | --- docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
2388 | +++ docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
2389 | @@ -1,25 +1,26 @@ | |||
2396 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A interface com o usuário é construída com o framework Qt, que pode ser executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o SWORD biblioteca de programação que trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>O Manual do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é distribuído como parte do programa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A |
2397 | 2 | interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several | 2 | interface com o usuário é construída com o framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, que pode ser |
2398 | 3 | operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The | 3 | executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD |
2399 | 4 | software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free | 4 | e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o <span class="application">SWORD</span> biblioteca de programação que |
2400 | 5 | Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> | 5 | trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e |
2401 | 6 | <span class="guimenu">Display</span> | 6 | livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> |
2402 | 7 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> | ||
2403 | 7 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> | 8 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> |
2405 | 8 | <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> | 9 | <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> |
2406 | 9 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> | 10 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> |
2408 | 10 | <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> | 11 | <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> |
2409 | 11 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> | 12 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> |
2411 | 12 | <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> | 13 | <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> |
2412 | 13 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> | 14 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> |
2414 | 14 | <span class="guimenu">File</span> | 15 | <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> |
2415 | 15 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> | 16 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> |
2417 | 16 | <span class="guimenu">View</span> | 17 | <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> |
2418 | 17 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> | 18 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> |
2420 | 18 | <span class="guimenu">Search</span> | 19 | O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span> |
2421 | 19 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> | 20 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> |
2423 | 20 | <span class="guimenu">Window</span> | 21 | <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> |
2424 | 21 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> | 22 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> |
2426 | 22 | <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> | 23 | <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> |
2427 | 23 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> | 24 | </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> |
2429 | 24 | <span class="guimenu">Help</span> | 25 | <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> |
2430 | 25 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Busca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fontes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introdução</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 26 | </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Busca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fontes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introdução</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
2431 | 26 | 27 | ||
2432 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook' | |||
2433 | --- docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
2434 | +++ docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
2435 | @@ -1,191 +1,230 @@ | |||
2442 | 1 | <chapter id="h2-basics"><title>أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> | 1 | <chapter id="h2-basics"> |
2443 | 2 | 2 | <title>أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> | |
2444 | 3 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> | 3 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> |
2445 | 4 | <title>الهد� من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> | 4 | <title>الهد� من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> |
2446 | 5 | <para> | 5 | <para> |
2447 | 6 | <blockquote><attribution>يوØنا 5 : 39 - 40</attribution> <para>Ù�تشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم Ù�يها Øياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون | 6 | <blockquote> |
2448 | 7 | <attribution>يوØنا 5 : 39 - 40</attribution> | ||
2449 | 8 | <para>Ù�تشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم Ù�يها Øياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون | ||
2450 | 7 | ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم Øياة.</para> | 9 | ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم Øياة.</para> |
2455 | 8 | </blockquote> | 10 | </blockquote> |
2456 | 9 | </para> | 11 | </para> |
2457 | 10 | 12 | <para>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر | |
2454 | 11 | <para>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر | ||
2458 | 12 | "Ù†ØÙ† نذهب إلى المهد Ù�قط من أجل الطÙ�Ù„" وكذلك الØال Ù�ÙŠ دراسة الكتاب، Ù�Ù†ØÙ† لا | 13 | "Ù†ØÙ† نذهب إلى المهد Ù�قط من أجل الطÙ�Ù„" وكذلك الØال Ù�ÙŠ دراسة الكتاب، Ù�Ù†ØÙ† لا |
2463 | 13 | Ù†Ù�عل هذا كهدÙ� Ù�ÙŠ Øد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب. | 14 | Ù†Ù�عل هذا كهدÙ� Ù�ÙŠ Øد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</para> |
2464 | 14 | </para> | 15 | <blockquote> |
2465 | 15 | 16 | <attribution>المؤل�: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: | |
2462 | 16 | <blockquote><attribution>المؤل�: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: | ||
2466 | 17 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</attribution> | 17 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</attribution> |
2472 | 18 | <para>اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الØصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي | 18 | <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was |
2473 | 19 | الØصول على الØياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الØصول على كلمات التوراة | 19 | tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to |
2474 | 20 | Ù�قد إستطاع الØصول على الØياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة Ù�ÙŠ Øد ذاتها هي كل ما | 20 | himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." |
2475 | 21 | يبتغون. لكنهم للأس� كانوا مخدوعين �ي هذا.</para> | 21 | Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously |
2476 | 22 | <para>لا توجد ميزة ولا Ù�ائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدÙ� Ù�ÙŠ Øد ذاته، إلا أن | 22 | deceived. [...]</para> |
2477 | 23 | <para>لا توجد ميزة ولا Ù�ائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدÙ� Ù�ÙŠ Øد ذاته، إلا أن | ||
2478 | 23 | ÙŠÙ†Ø¬Ø Ø§Ù„Ù†Øµ Ù�ÙŠ قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيØ. كل ما Ù†Øتاج إليه Øين نقرأ الكتاب | 24 | ÙŠÙ†Ø¬Ø Ø§Ù„Ù†Øµ Ù�ÙŠ قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيØ. كل ما Ù†Øتاج إليه Øين نقرأ الكتاب |
2479 | 24 | المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù…Ù† خلاله.</para> | 25 | المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù…Ù† خلاله.</para> |
2504 | 25 | </blockquote> | 26 | </blockquote> |
2505 | 26 | </sect1> | 27 | </sect1> |
2506 | 27 | 28 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> | |
2507 | 28 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title> | 29 | <title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title> |
2508 | 29 | <para>الإستماع والقراءة يو�ران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما | 30 | <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study |
2509 | 30 | الدراسة والØÙ�ظ يوÙ�ران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل Ù�ÙŠ | 31 | and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the |
2510 | 31 | نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والØÙ�ظ لتتشكل | 32 | scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and |
2511 | 32 | الكلمة �ي أذهاننا.</para> | 33 | cements the word in our minds.</para> |
2512 | 33 | 34 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> | |
2513 | 34 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>استمع</title> | 35 | <title>استمع</title> |
2514 | 35 | <para>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويØÙ�ظونه."</para> | 36 | <para>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويØÙ�ظونه."</para> |
2515 | 36 | </sect2> | 37 | </sect2> |
2516 | 37 | 38 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> | |
2517 | 38 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>اقرأ</title> | 39 | <title>اقرأ</title> |
2518 | 39 | <para>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</para> | 40 | <para>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</para> |
2519 | 40 | <para>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعك� على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم " | 41 | <para>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعك� على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</para> |
2520 | 41 | </para> | 42 | </sect2> |
2521 | 42 | </sect2> | 43 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> |
2522 | 43 | 44 | <title>ادرس</title> | |
2523 | 44 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>ادرس</title> | 45 | <para>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشر� من الذين �ي تسالونيكي �قبلوا الكلمة |
2524 | 45 | <para>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرÙ� من الذين Ù�ÙŠ تسالونيكي Ù�قبلوا الكلمة | 46 | بكل نشاط Ù�اØصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎."</para> |
2525 | 46 | بكل نشاط Ù�اØصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎." | 47 | <para>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم Ù†Ù�سك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى Ù…Ù�صّلا |
2502 | 47 | </para> | ||
2503 | 48 | <para>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم ن�سك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى م�صّلا | ||
2526 | 49 | كلمة الØÙ‚ بالاستقامة."</para> | 48 | كلمة الØÙ‚ بالاستقامة."</para> |
2535 | 50 | </sect2> | 49 | </sect2> |
2536 | 51 | 50 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> | |
2537 | 52 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>اØÙ�ظ</title> | 51 | <title>اØÙ�ظ</title> |
2538 | 53 | <para>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك �ي قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</para> | 52 | <para>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك �ي قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</para> |
2539 | 54 | </sect2> | 53 | </sect2> |
2540 | 55 | 54 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> | |
2541 | 56 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>تأمل</title> | 55 | <title>تأمل</title> |
2542 | 57 | <para>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن �ي ناموس الرب مسرّته و�ي ناموسه يلهج نهارا | 56 | <para>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن �ي ناموس الرب مسرّته و�ي ناموسه يلهج نهارا |
2543 | 58 | وليلا‎. ‎�يكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها �ي | 57 | وليلا‎. ‎�يكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها �ي |
2573 | 59 | اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجØ. | 58 | اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجØ.</para> |
2574 | 60 | </para> | 59 | <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the |
2575 | 61 | 60 | fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first | |
2576 | 62 | <para>ي�سر النا�يجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك | 61 | four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and |
2577 | 63 | نستطيع التأمل Ù�ÙŠ Ù†Ù�س وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. Ù�التأمل هو Ù…Ù�ØªØ§Ø Ø§Ù„Øصول على | 62 | read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that |
2578 | 64 | إعلان. يكون المسيØÙŠ الجديد Ù�ÙŠ Ø¥Øتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من | 63 | they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> |
2579 | 65 | Øاجته إلى الدراسة والØÙ�ظ، وهذا لكي ÙŠØµØ¨Ø Ø£ÙƒØ«Ø± إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب | 64 | </sect2> |
2580 | 66 | المقدس.</para> | 65 | </sect1> |
2581 | 67 | </sect2> | 66 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> |
2582 | 68 | </sect1> | 67 | <title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title> |
2583 | 69 | 68 | <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> | |
2584 | 70 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title> | 69 | <title>دراسة الموضوعات</title> |
2585 | 71 | <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>دراسة الموضوعات</title> | 70 | <para>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابØØ« Ù�يه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الÙ�هرس الأبجدي.</para> |
2586 | 72 | <para>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابØØ« Ù�يه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الÙ�هرس الأبجدي.</para> | 71 | </sect2> |
2587 | 73 | </sect2> | 72 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> |
2588 | 74 | 73 | <title>دراسة الشخصيات</title> | |
2589 | 75 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>دراسة الشخصيات</title> | 74 | <para>دراسة Øياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسÙ� Ù�ÙŠ تكوين 37 - 50.</para> |
2590 | 76 | <para>دراسة Øياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسÙ� Ù�ÙŠ تكوين 37 - 50.</para> | 75 | </sect2> |
2591 | 77 | </sect2> | 76 | <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> |
2592 | 78 | 77 | <title>الدراسة الت�سيرية</title> | |
2593 | 79 | <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>الدراسة التÙ�سيرية</title> | 78 | <para>دراسة نص Ù…Øدد Ù�ÙŠ الكتاب المقدس: Ù�قرة، عدد، أو سÙ�ر.</para> |
2594 | 80 | <para>دراسة نص Ù…Øدد Ù�ÙŠ الكتاب المقدس: Ù�قرة، عدد، أو سÙ�ر.</para> | 79 | </sect2> |
2595 | 81 | </sect2> | 80 | </sect1> |
2596 | 82 | </sect1> | 81 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> |
2597 | 83 | 82 | <title>قواعد التÙ�سير الصØÙŠØ</title> | |
2598 | 84 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>قواعد التÙ�سير الصØÙŠØ</title> | 83 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> |
2599 | 85 | 84 | <title>المØتوى</title> | |
2600 | 86 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>المØتوى</title> | 85 | <para>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول Ù�ÙŠ اللغة الأصلية؟ كن Øريصاً مع الأشياء الصريØØ©. لا |
2572 | 87 | <para>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول Ù�ÙŠ اللغة الأصلية؟ كن Øريصاً مع الأشياء الصريØØ©. لا | ||
2601 | 88 | ت�ترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</para> | 86 | ت�ترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</para> |
2611 | 89 | </sect2> | 87 | </sect2> |
2612 | 90 | 88 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> | |
2613 | 91 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>السياق</title> | 89 | <title>السياق</title> |
2614 | 92 | <para>ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن | 90 | <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the |
2615 | 93 | تكون ال�قرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللس�ر.</para> | 91 | passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> |
2616 | 94 | </sect2> | 92 | </sect2> |
2617 | 95 | 93 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> | |
2618 | 96 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> | 94 | <title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> |
2619 | 97 | <para>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس Ù�ÙŠ مواضع أخرى Øول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، | 95 | <para>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس Ù�ÙŠ مواضع أخرى Øول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، |
2620 | 98 | لذا Ù�تÙ�سيرنا Ù�ÙŠ Øاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتØان Ù�ÙŠ ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </para> | 96 | لذا Ù�تÙ�سيرنا Ù�ÙŠ Øاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتØان Ù�ÙŠ ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </para> |
2644 | 99 | </sect2> | 97 | </sect2> |
2645 | 100 | </sect1> | 98 | </sect1> |
2646 | 101 | 99 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> | |
2647 | 102 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>دراسة ت�سيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title> | 100 | <title>دراسة ت�سيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title> |
2648 | 103 | <para>تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابØØ« اولاً عن الآية | 101 | <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the |
2649 | 104 | المÙ�تاØية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للÙ�قرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا | 102 | key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test |
2650 | 105 | بإختيار أعداداً مختل�ة �ي ال�قرة واسأل ن�سك إن كانت تتسق مع �كرة الآية | 103 | it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they |
2651 | 106 | المÙ�تاØية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واØد Ù�ÙŠ ورقة الملاØظات الخاصة بك.</para> | 104 | relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman |
2652 | 107 | 105 | numeral One of your outline:</para> | |
2653 | 108 | <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> | 106 | <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> |
2654 | 109 | <listitem><para>اØترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</para></listitem> | 107 | <listitem> |
2655 | 110 | </orderedlist> | 108 | <para>اØترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</para> |
2656 | 111 | 109 | </listitem> | |
2657 | 112 | <para>ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"؟ هل تعطينا هذه ال�قرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي | 110 | </orderedlist> |
2658 | 113 | جانب من Øياتنا تخاطب؟ دواÙ�عنا! وما هي العناوين الÙ�رعية التي تظهر هذه الÙ�كرة؟ </para> | 111 | <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage |
2659 | 114 | 112 | give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our | |
2660 | 115 | <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> | 113 | motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> |
2661 | 116 | <listitem><para>عندما تعطي</para></listitem> | 114 | <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> |
2662 | 117 | <listitem><para>عندما تصوم</para></listitem> | 115 | <listitem> |
2663 | 118 | <listitem><para>عندما تصلي</para></listitem> | 116 | <para>عندما تعطي</para> |
2664 | 119 | </orderedlist> | 117 | </listitem> |
2665 | 120 | 118 | <listitem> | |
2666 | 121 | <para>والآن اكتب Ù�ÙŠ ورقة الملاØظات إرشادات Ù…Øددة عن كيÙ�ية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة Ù�ÙŠ | 119 | <para>عندما تصوم</para> |
2667 | 120 | </listitem> | ||
2668 | 121 | <listitem> | ||
2669 | 122 | <para>عندما تصلي</para> | ||
2670 | 123 | </listitem> | ||
2671 | 124 | </orderedlist> | ||
2672 | 125 | <para>والآن اكتب Ù�ÙŠ ورقة الملاØظات إرشادات Ù…Øددة عن كيÙ�ية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة Ù�ÙŠ | ||
2673 | 122 | القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</para> | 126 | القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</para> |
2742 | 123 | 127 | <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> | |
2743 | 124 | <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> | 128 | <listitem> |
2744 | 125 | <listitem><para>عندما تعطي <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> | 129 | <para>عندما تعطي <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> |
2745 | 126 | <listitem><para>لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كي� يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟)</para></listitem> | 130 | <listitem> |
2746 | 127 | <listitem><para>اعطي �ي الخ�اء</para></listitem> | 131 | <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a |
2747 | 128 | <listitem><para>إلخ.</para></listitem> | 132 | trumpet</quote>today?)</para> |
2748 | 129 | </orderedlist></para> | 133 | </listitem> |
2749 | 130 | </listitem> | 134 | <listitem> |
2750 | 131 | </orderedlist> | 135 | <para>اعطي �ي الخ�اء</para> |
2751 | 132 | </sect1> | 136 | </listitem> |
2752 | 133 | 137 | <listitem> | |
2753 | 134 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>ورقة عمل: كي� تستخدم ال�هرس الأبجدي</title> | 138 | <para>إلخ.</para> |
2754 | 135 | 139 | </listitem> | |
2755 | 136 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>كيÙ� تجد آية Ù…Øددة</title> | 140 | </orderedlist></para> |
2756 | 137 | <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> | 141 | </listitem> |
2757 | 138 | <listitem><para>اختر الكلمة المÙ�تاØية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً Ù�ÙŠ الآية.</para></listitem> | 142 | </orderedlist> |
2758 | 139 | <listitem><para>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة �ي الترتيب الأبجدي</para></listitem> | 143 | </sect1> |
2759 | 140 | <listitem><para>ابØØ« Ù�ÙŠ عمود الترتيب Øتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</para></listitem> | 144 | <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> |
2760 | 141 | </orderedlist> | 145 | <title>ورقة عمل: كي� تستخدم ال�هرس الأبجدي</title> |
2761 | 142 | 146 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> | |
2762 | 143 | <para>ابØØ« عن هذه الآيات: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> | 147 | <title>كيÙ� تجد آية Ù…Øددة</title> |
2763 | 144 | <listitem><para>"امينة هي Ø¬Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù…Øب"</para></listitem> | 148 | <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> |
2764 | 145 | <listitem><para>"اذا نسعى كسÙ�راء عن المسيØ"</para></listitem> | 149 | <listitem> |
2765 | 146 | <listitem><para>قصة الغني ولعازر</para></listitem> | 150 | <para>اختر الكلمة المÙ�تاØية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً Ù�ÙŠ الآية.</para> |
2766 | 147 | </orderedlist> | 151 | </listitem> |
2767 | 148 | </para> | 152 | <listitem> |
2768 | 149 | </sect2> | 153 | <para>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة �ي الترتيب الأبجدي</para> |
2769 | 150 | 154 | </listitem> | |
2770 | 151 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </title> | 155 | <listitem> |
2771 | 152 | <para>لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الÙ�داء." أولاً ستØتاج أن تبØØ« عن الكلمة Ù�ÙŠ الÙ�هرس | 156 | <para>ابØØ« Ù�ÙŠ عمود الترتيب Øتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</para> |
2772 | 153 | الأبجدي وتبØØ« Ù�ÙŠ المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البØØ« عن الكلمات ذات | 157 | </listitem> |
2773 | 154 | الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، Ù�دية" بل ÙˆØتى "يشتري" أو | 158 | </orderedlist> |
2774 | 155 | "اشترى." </para> | 159 | <para>ابØØ« عن هذه الآيات: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> |
2775 | 156 | </sect2> | 160 | <listitem> |
2776 | 157 | 161 | <para> | |
2777 | 158 | 162 | "امينة هي Ø¬Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù…Øب" | |
2778 | 159 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Ù„ØªÙˆØ¶ÙŠØ Ù…Ø¹Ø§Ù†ÙŠ الكلمات Ù�ÙŠ اليونانية والعبرية</title> | 163 | </para> |
2779 | 160 | <para>ماذا إذا لاØظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ Ù�ÙŠ ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا | 164 | </listitem> |
2780 | 161 | تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروØÙŠ Ù�ÙŠØكم Ù�ÙŠ كل | 165 | <listitem> |
2781 | 162 | شيء وهو لا ÙŠØكم Ù�يه من اØد" Ù�الكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو | 166 | <para> |
2782 | 163 | ÙŠØكم هي "judge Ùˆ judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلÙ�تين Ù�ÙŠ اليونانية، | 167 | "اذا نسعى كسÙ�راء عن المسيØ" |
2783 | 164 | وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما �ي الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ؟ (من الآن �صاعداً | 168 | </para> |
2784 | 165 | سنستخدم أرقام سترونج) </para> | 169 | </listitem> |
2785 | 166 | <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> | 170 | <listitem> |
2786 | 167 | <listitem><para>ابØØ« عن "judge".</para></listitem> | 171 | <para>قصة الغني ولعازر</para> |
2787 | 168 | <listitem><para>ابØØ« Ù�ÙŠ عمود النتائج Øتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 | 172 | </listitem> |
2788 | 169 | والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك.</para></listitem> | 173 | </orderedlist></para> |
2789 | 170 | <listitem><para>والآن قم بالبØØ« عن "judgeth".</para></listitem> | 174 | </sect2> |
2790 | 171 | <listitem><para>ابØØ« Ù�ÙŠ عمود النتائج Øتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> | 175 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> |
2791 | 172 | <listitem><para>ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ �ي العهد الجديد لذا �اللغة هي | 176 | <title>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</title> |
2792 | 173 | اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 | 177 | <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would |
2793 | 174 | ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك! </para></listitem> | 178 | look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for |
2794 | 175 | </orderedlist> | 179 | it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, |
2795 | 176 | </sect2> | 180 | e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> |
2796 | 177 | 181 | </sect2> | |
2797 | 178 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</title> | 182 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> |
2798 | 179 | <para>بنÙ�س الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء Ù�ÙŠ اليونانية أو العبرية.</para> | 183 | <title>Ù„ØªÙˆØ¶ÙŠØ Ù…Ø¹Ø§Ù†ÙŠ الكلمات Ù�ÙŠ اليونانية والعبرية</title> |
2799 | 180 | <para>ابØØ« عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</para> | 184 | <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge |
2800 | 181 | <itemizedlist> | 185 | not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual |
2801 | 182 | <listitem><para>نابال</para></listitem> | 186 | judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, |
2802 | 183 | <listitem><para>ابيجايل</para></listitem> | 187 | both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here |
2803 | 184 | <listitem><para>يشوع</para></listitem> | 188 | out.)</para> |
2804 | 185 | <listitem><para>برنابا</para></listitem> | 189 | <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> |
2805 | 186 | </itemizedlist> | 190 | <listitem> |
2806 | 187 | </sect2> | 191 | <para>Look up "judge".</para> |
2807 | 188 | 192 | </listitem> | |
2808 | 189 | </sect1> | 193 | <listitem> |
2809 | 190 | 194 | <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, | |
2810 | 195 | 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> | ||
2811 | 196 | </listitem> | ||
2812 | 197 | <listitem> | ||
2813 | 198 | <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> | ||
2814 | 199 | </listitem> | ||
2815 | 200 | <listitem> | ||
2816 | 201 | <para>ابØØ« Ù�ÙŠ عمود النتائج Øتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</para> | ||
2817 | 202 | </listitem> | ||
2818 | 203 | <listitem> | ||
2819 | 204 | <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the | ||
2820 | 205 | language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with | ||
2821 | 206 | the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> | ||
2822 | 207 | </listitem> | ||
2823 | 208 | </orderedlist> | ||
2824 | 209 | </sect2> | ||
2825 | 210 | <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> | ||
2826 | 211 | <title>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</title> | ||
2827 | 212 | <para>بن�س الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء �ي اليونانية أو العبرية.</para> | ||
2828 | 213 | <para>ابØØ« عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</para> | ||
2829 | 214 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2830 | 215 | <listitem> | ||
2831 | 216 | <para>نابال</para> | ||
2832 | 217 | </listitem> | ||
2833 | 218 | <listitem> | ||
2834 | 219 | <para>ابيجايل</para> | ||
2835 | 220 | </listitem> | ||
2836 | 221 | <listitem> | ||
2837 | 222 | <para>يشوع</para> | ||
2838 | 223 | </listitem> | ||
2839 | 224 | <listitem> | ||
2840 | 225 | <para>برنابا</para> | ||
2841 | 226 | </listitem> | ||
2842 | 227 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2843 | 228 | </sect2> | ||
2844 | 229 | </sect1> | ||
2845 | 191 | </chapter> | 230 | </chapter> |
2846 | 192 | 231 | ||
2847 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook' | |||
2848 | --- docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
2849 | +++ docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
2850 | @@ -1,280 +1,302 @@ | |||
3123 | 1 | <chapter id="h2-importance"><title>أهمية كلمة الله</title> | 1 | <chapter id="h2-importance"> |
3124 | 2 | <para>هناك أهمية عظيمة ل�هم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب | 2 | <title>أهمية كلمة الله</title> |
3125 | 3 | المقدس هي واØدة من الطرق الأساسية التي نتعلمها للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع | 3 | <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's |
3126 | 4 | الله.</para> | 4 | name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to |
3127 | 5 | 5 | communicate with God.</para> | |
3128 | 6 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>كتاب �ريد</title> | 6 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> |
3129 | 7 | <para>لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. �الكتاب المقدس �ريد يختل� عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:</para> | 7 | <title>كتاب �ريد</title> |
3130 | 8 | 8 | <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> | |
3131 | 9 | <itemizedlist> | 9 | <itemizedlist> |
3132 | 10 | <listitem> | 10 | <listitem> |
3133 | 11 | <para> | 11 | <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per |
3134 | 12 | الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس �ي امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار �ي | 12 | year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> |
3135 | 13 | السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً �ي التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام | 13 | </listitem> |
3136 | 14 | الأكثر مبيعاً كل عام. | 14 | <listitem> |
3137 | 15 | </para> | 15 | <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different |
3138 | 16 | </listitem> | 16 | authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> |
3139 | 17 | <listitem> | 17 | </listitem> |
3140 | 18 | <para> | 18 | <listitem> |
3141 | 19 | الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس �ي �ترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختل� من | 19 | <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents |
3142 | 20 | خلÙ�يات مختلÙ�Ø©ØŒ ومع ذلك تشعر عند قراءته بأنه مكتوب بواسطة شخص واØد. | 20 | Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient |
3143 | 21 | </para> | 21 | texts:</para> |
3144 | 22 | </listitem> | 22 | </listitem> |
3145 | 23 | <listitem> | 23 | </itemizedlist> |
3146 | 24 | <para> | 24 | <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> |
3147 | 25 | الØÙ�ظ. يقارن Ù�. Ù�. بروس Ù�ÙŠ "هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟" مخطوطات | 25 | <title>مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</title> |
3148 | 26 | العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة: | 26 | <tgroup cols="5"> |
3149 | 27 | </para> | 27 | <thead> |
3150 | 28 | </listitem> | 28 | <row> |
3151 | 29 | </itemizedlist> | 29 | <entry>العمل الأدبي</entry> |
3152 | 30 | <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> | 30 | <entry>متى كتب</entry> |
3153 | 31 | <title>مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</title> | 31 | <entry>أقدم نسخة</entry> |
3154 | 32 | <tgroup cols="5"> | 32 | <entry>ال�اصل الزمني</entry> |
3155 | 33 | <thead> | 33 | <entry>عدد النسخ</entry> |
3156 | 34 | <row> | 34 | </row> |
3157 | 35 | <entry>العمل الأدبي</entry> | 35 | </thead> |
3158 | 36 | <entry>متى كتب</entry> | 36 | <tbody> |
3159 | 37 | <entry>أقدم نسخة</entry> | 37 | <row> |
3160 | 38 | <entry>ال�اصل الزمني</entry><entry>عدد النسخ</entry> | 38 | <entry>هيرودوت</entry> |
3161 | 39 | </row></thead> | 39 | <entry>448 - 428 Ù‚.Ù….</entry> |
3162 | 40 | <tbody> | 40 | <entry>900 Ù…</entry> |
3163 | 41 | <row> | 41 | <entry>1300 سنة</entry> |
3164 | 42 | <entry>هيرودوت</entry> | 42 | <entry>8</entry> |
3165 | 43 | <entry>448 - 428 Ù‚.Ù….</entry><entry>900 Ù…</entry> | 43 | </row> |
3166 | 44 | <entry>1300 سنة</entry><entry>8 | 44 | <row> |
3167 | 45 | </entry></row> | 45 | <entry>تاسيتس</entry> |
3168 | 46 | <row> | 46 | <entry>100 Ù…</entry> |
3169 | 47 | <entry>تاسيتس</entry> | 47 | <entry>1100 م</entry> |
3170 | 48 | <entry>100 م</entry><entry>1100 م</entry> | 48 | <entry>1000 سنة</entry> |
3171 | 49 | <entry>1000 سنة</entry><entry>20 | 49 | <entry>20</entry> |
3172 | 50 | </entry></row> | 50 | </row> |
3173 | 51 | <row> | 51 | <row> |
3174 | 52 | <entry>"الØرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</entry> | 52 | <entry>"الØرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</entry> |
3175 | 53 | <entry>50 - 58 Ù‚.Ù….</entry><entry>900 Ù…</entry> | 53 | <entry>50 - 58 Ù‚.Ù….</entry> |
3176 | 54 | <entry>950 سنة</entry><entry>10 | 54 | <entry>900 م</entry> |
3177 | 55 | </entry></row> | 55 | <entry>950 سنة</entry> |
3178 | 56 | <row> | 56 | <entry>10</entry> |
3179 | 57 | <entry>"التاريخ الروماني" للي�ي</entry> | 57 | </row> |
3180 | 58 | <entry>59 Ù‚.Ù…. - 17 Ù…</entry><entry>900 Ù…</entry> | 58 | <row> |
3181 | 59 | <entry>900 سنة</entry><entry>20 | 59 | <entry>"التاريخ الروماني" للي�ي</entry> |
3182 | 60 | </entry></row> | 60 | <entry>59 Ù‚.Ù…. - 17 Ù…</entry> |
3183 | 61 | <row> | 61 | <entry>900 Ù…</entry> |
3184 | 62 | <entry>العهد الجديد</entry> | 62 | <entry>900 سنة</entry> |
3185 | 63 | <entry>40 م - 100 م</entry><entry>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</entry> <entry>30 - 310 سنة</entry><entry>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية | 63 | <entry>20</entry> |
3186 | 64 | </entry></row> | 64 | </row> |
3187 | 65 | </tbody></tgroup></table> | 65 | <row> |
3188 | 66 | <para>توجد عشرة نسخ من "الØرب الغاليّة" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من | 66 | <entry>العهد الجديد</entry> |
3189 | 67 | كتابة قيصر للأصل، إلخ. بالمقارنة بالعهد الجديد لدينا مخطوطات كاملة تعود | 67 | <entry>40 م - 100 م</entry> |
3190 | 68 | للعام 350 Ù… ØŒ برديات تØتوي معظم العهد الجديد من القرن الثاني الميلادي، وجزء | 68 | <entry>130 Ù… مخطوطات جزئية 350 Ù… مخطوطات كاملة</entry> |
3191 | 69 | من إنجيل يوØنا من العام 130 Ù…. ترى كم يبلغ عدد المخطوطات المتاØØ© لدينا | 69 | <entry>30 - 310 سنة</entry> |
3192 | 70 | للمقارنة �يما بينهم؟ 5,000 باليونانية و 10,000 باللاتينية! </para> | 70 | <entry>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية</entry> |
3193 | 71 | <blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", | 71 | </row> |
3194 | 72 | vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in "Questions of Life" ص. 25-26</attribution><para>"مع صØØ© وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتÙ�رد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل | 72 | </tbody> |
3195 | 73 | وبلا منا�سة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة." </para></blockquote> | 73 | </tgroup> |
3196 | 74 | </sect1> | 74 | </table> |
3197 | 75 | 75 | <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest | |
3198 | 76 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title> | 76 | of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the |
3199 | 77 | <para>العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله Øية ÙˆÙ�عالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 : | 77 | New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri |
3200 | 78 | 4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز ÙˆØده ÙŠØيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من Ù�Ù… الله." عندما | 78 | containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's |
3201 | 79 | نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، Ù�إن Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù„Ù‡ يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار. | 79 | gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each |
3202 | 80 | </para> | 80 | other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> |
3203 | 81 | <para>Ù�ÙŠ تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موØÙ‰ به من الله" هل تؤمن | 81 | <blockquote> |
3204 | 82 | بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل �ي موق� يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس. </para> | 82 | <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", |
3205 | 83 | <blockquote><attribution>المؤل�: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: | 83 | vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of |
3206 | 84 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 </attribution><para>Ù�قد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الØديث عن الوØÙŠ الإلهي كمصدر ÙˆØيد ÙŠØركهم | 84 | Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> |
3207 | 85 | كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب | 85 | <para>"مع صØØ© وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتÙ�رد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل |
3208 | 86 | قال' بن�س المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي �ي تكوين 2 : 24 | 86 | وبلا منا�سة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."</para> |
3209 | 87 | بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنÙ�س الطريقة قال، 'Øسنا تنبأ | 87 | </blockquote> |
3210 | 88 | اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'ØŒ عندما كان يشير إلى Øديث مباشرمن | 88 | </sect1> |
3211 | 89 | الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 و اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع ن�سه هو مصدر قناعة | 89 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> |
3212 | 90 | كتاب العهد الجديد ب�كرة الدور الثنائي �ي كتابة الكتاب المقدس. �بالنسبة لهم | 90 | <title>كتاب كلام الله</title> |
3213 | 91 | كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً | 91 | <para> |
3214 | 92 | مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù‚Ø¯Ø³' ( بطرس الثانية | 92 | <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and |
3215 | 93 | 1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت | 93 | active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" |
3216 | 94 | بطريقة تØرÙ� أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الØقيقتين لا يمكن | 94 | <emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every |
3217 | 95 | تجاهلهما. ... | 95 | word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" |
3218 | 96 | </para> | 96 | As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a |
3219 | 97 | <para> | 97 | continually-fresh way.</para> |
3220 | 98 | هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù„Ù„Ù†Øµ المقدس. Ù�شهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة | 98 | <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., |
3221 | 99 | الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيØيين يؤمنون بالوØÙŠ الإلهي للكتاب المقدس | 99 | God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider |
3222 | 100 | هو أن يسوع Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù†Ù�سه علم به. </para></blockquote> | 100 | Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> |
3223 | 101 | 101 | <blockquote> | |
3224 | 102 | <para>ويتابع �ي تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، "ونا�ع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب | 102 | <attribution>المؤل�: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: |
3225 | 103 | الذي Ù�ÙŠ البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالØ." إذا قبلنا | 103 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</attribution> |
3226 | 104 | �علاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو | 104 | <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them |
3227 | 105 | مرجعنا �ي كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصر�ات. </para> | 105 | all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God |
3228 | 106 | </sect1> | 106 | said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as |
3229 | 107 | 107 | an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well | |
3230 | 108 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>كتاب يعمل</title> | 108 | did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went |
3231 | 109 | <para> | 109 | on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It |
3232 | 110 | ماذا الذي ست�عله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول | 110 | is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their |
3233 | 111 | أن كلمة الله "تعمل ايضا �يكم انتم المؤمنين." بجانب كل جزء من الكتاب المقدس، | 111 | conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true |
3234 | 112 | قم بكتابة العمل الذي تعمله الكلمة. | 112 | to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as |
3235 | 113 | </para> | 113 | it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 |
3236 | 114 | <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> | 114 | Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality |
3237 | 115 | <title>Ù�ÙŠ ماذا تÙ�يد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيØيين؟</title> | 115 | of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word |
3238 | 116 | <tgroup cols="2"> | 116 | of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed |
3239 | 117 | <thead> | 117 | to detract from the other. ...</para> |
3240 | 118 | <row> | 118 | <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's |
3241 | 119 | <entry>الشاهد</entry> | 119 | witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief |
3242 | 120 | <entry>العمل</entry> | 120 | reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that |
3243 | 121 | </row> | 121 | Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> |
3244 | 122 | </thead> | 122 | </blockquote> |
3245 | 123 | <tbody> | 123 | <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, |
3246 | 124 | <row> | 124 | for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped |
3247 | 125 | <entry>أ�سس 5 : 26 | 125 | for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God |
3248 | 126 | </entry> | 126 | speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of |
3249 | 127 | <entry>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة." | 127 | faith and conduct.</para> |
3250 | 128 | </entry> | 128 | </sect1> |
3251 | 129 | </row> | 129 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> |
3252 | 130 | <row> | 130 | <title>كتاب يعمل</title> |
3253 | 131 | <entry> | 131 | <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " |
3254 | 132 | أعمال الرسل 20 : 32 | 132 | <emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each |
3255 | 133 | </entry> | 133 | scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> |
3256 | 134 | <entry> | 134 | <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> |
3257 | 135 | تبني -- "... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع | 135 | <title>Ù�ÙŠ ماذا تÙ�يد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيØيين؟</title> |
3258 | 136 | المقدسين‎. " | 136 | <tgroup cols="2"> |
3259 | 137 | </entry> | 137 | <thead> |
3260 | 138 | </row> | 138 | <row> |
3261 | 139 | <row> | 139 | <entry>الشاهد</entry> |
3262 | 140 | <entry> | 140 | <entry>العمل</entry> |
3263 | 141 | رومية 15 : 4 | 141 | </row> |
3264 | 142 | </entry> | 142 | </thead> |
3265 | 143 | <entry> | 143 | <tbody> |
3266 | 144 | تشجع -- "Øتى بالصبر والتعزية بما Ù�ÙŠ الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." | 144 | <row> |
3267 | 145 | </entry> | 145 | <entry>أ�سس 5 : 26</entry> |
3268 | 146 | </row> | 146 | <entry>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."</entry> |
3269 | 147 | 147 | </row> | |
3270 | 148 | <row> | 148 | <row> |
3271 | 149 | <entry> | 149 | <entry>أعمال الرسل 20 : 32</entry> |
3272 | 150 | رومية 10 : 17 | 150 | <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and |
3273 | 151 | </entry> | 151 | to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> |
3274 | 152 | <entry> | 152 | </row> |
3275 | 153 | تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." | 153 | <row> |
3276 | 154 | </entry> | 154 | <entry>رومية 15 : 4</entry> |
3277 | 155 | </row> | 155 | <entry>تشجع -- "Øتى بالصبر والتعزية بما Ù�ÙŠ الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." </entry> |
3278 | 156 | 156 | </row> | |
3279 | 157 | <row> | 157 | <row> |
3280 | 158 | <entry> | 158 | <entry>رومية 10 : 17</entry> |
3281 | 159 | كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11 | 159 | <entry>تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." </entry> |
3282 | 160 | </entry> | 160 | </row> |
3283 | 161 | <entry> | 161 | <row> |
3284 | 162 | تنذر -- "�هذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" | 162 | <entry>كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11</entry> |
3285 | 163 | </entry> | 163 | <entry>تنذر -- "�هذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" </entry> |
3286 | 164 | </row> | 164 | </row> |
3287 | 165 | 165 | <row> | |
3288 | 166 | <row> | 166 | <entry>متى 4 : 4</entry> |
3289 | 167 | <entry> | 167 | <entry>تغذي -- "Ù�اجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز ÙˆØده ÙŠØيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من |
3290 | 168 | متى 4 : 4 | 168 | �م الله."</entry> |
3291 | 169 | </entry> | 169 | </row> |
3292 | 170 | <entry> | 170 | </tbody> |
3293 | 171 | تغذي -- "Ù�اجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز ÙˆØده ÙŠØيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من | 171 | </tgroup> |
3294 | 172 | �م الله." | 172 | </table> |
3295 | 173 | </entry> | 173 | </sect1> |
3296 | 174 | </row> | 174 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> |
3297 | 175 | </tbody> | 175 | <title>كتاب ÙŠØرر</title> |
3298 | 176 | </tgroup> | 176 | <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make |
3299 | 177 | </table> | 177 | you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional |
3300 | 178 | </sect1> | 178 | or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the |
3301 | 179 | 179 | answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If | |
3302 | 180 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>كتاب ÙŠØرر</title> | 180 | you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> |
3303 | 181 | <para> | 181 | <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the |
3304 | 182 | يوØنا 8 : 32 "وتعرÙ�ون الØÙ‚ والØÙ‚ ÙŠØرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة | 182 | truth of God's word.</para> |
3305 | 183 | بم�ردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعر�ة؟ | 183 | <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent |
3306 | 184 | الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النص� الأول من الجملة �ي عدد 31. "ان ثبتم �ي كلامي | 184 | wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, |
3307 | 185 | Ù�بالØقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..."</para> | 185 | tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of |
3308 | 186 | <para>كما نرى Ù�إن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتØديد يتØدث عن الØÙ‚ الذي Ù�ÙŠ كلمة الله.</para> | 186 | doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground |
3309 | 187 | 187 | us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> | |
3310 | 188 | <para>عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريØ" المذكورة Ù�ÙŠ Ø£Ù�سس 4 : 14 Ù�ÙŠ اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها | 188 | <para> |
3311 | 189 | تعني (Ø±ÙŠØ Ø¹Ù†ÙŠÙ�Ø©). "كي لا نكون Ù�يما بعد اطÙ�الا مضطربين ومØمولين بكل Ø±ÙŠØ ØªØ¹Ù„ÙŠÙ… | 189 | <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are |
3312 | 190 | ..." واØد من الإمتيازات التي Ù†Øصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها | 190 | mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of |
3313 | 191 | تثبتنا Ù�ÙŠ الØÙ‚ØŒ وبالتالي لا ÙŠØµØ¨Ø Ù…Ù† السهل على Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙŠØ§Ø Ø£Ù† "تقتلع جذورنا".</para> | 191 | God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> |
3314 | 192 | 192 | <para>ما الذي Ù†Øتاج لمعرÙ�ته كي ÙŠØÙ�ظنا من الوقوع Ù�ÙŠ الخطأ؟</para> | |
3315 | 193 | <para>�اجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعر�ون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29</para> | 193 | <itemizedlist> |
3316 | 194 | <para>ما الذي Ù†Øتاج لمعرÙ�ته كي ÙŠØÙ�ظنا من الوقوع Ù�ÙŠ الخطأ؟</para> | 194 | <listitem> |
3317 | 195 | <itemizedlist> | 195 | <para>كلمة الله</para> |
3318 | 196 | <listitem><para>كلمة الله</para></listitem> | 196 | </listitem> |
3319 | 197 | <listitem><para>قوة الله </para></listitem> | 197 | <listitem> |
3320 | 198 | </itemizedlist> | 198 | <para>قوة الله</para> |
3321 | 199 | </sect1> | 199 | </listitem> |
3322 | 200 | 200 | </itemizedlist> | |
3323 | 201 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>كتاب ÙŠØارب</title> | 201 | </sect1> |
3324 | 202 | <para> | 202 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> |
3325 | 203 | Ù�ÙŠ Ø£Ù�سس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Øربنا الروØية</para> | 203 | <title>كتاب ÙŠØارب</title> |
3326 | 204 | <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> | 204 | <para>Ù�ÙŠ Ø£Ù�سس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Øربنا الروØية</para> |
3327 | 205 | <title>Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø§Ù„Øرب الروØية</title> | 205 | <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> |
3328 | 206 | <tgroup cols="2"> | 206 | <title>Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø§Ù„Øرب الروØية</title> |
3329 | 207 | <thead> | 207 | <tgroup cols="2"> |
3330 | 208 | <row> | 208 | <thead> |
3331 | 209 | <entry>سؤال</entry> | 209 | <row> |
3332 | 210 | <entry>جواب</entry> | 210 | <entry>سؤال</entry> |
3333 | 211 | </row></thead> | 211 | <entry>جواب</entry> |
3334 | 212 | <tbody> | 212 | </row> |
3335 | 213 | <row><entry>كم Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¯Ù�اعي مذكور هنا؟</entry><entry>5</entry></row> | 213 | </thead> |
3336 | 214 | <row><entry>كم عدد الأسلØØ© الهجومية؟</entry><entry>واØد</entry></row> | 214 | <tbody> |
3337 | 215 | <row><entry>وماهو؟ </entry><entry>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</entry></row> | 215 | <row> |
3338 | 216 | </tbody></tgroup></table> | 216 | <entry>كم Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¯Ù�اعي مذكور هنا؟</entry> |
3339 | 217 | </sect1> | 217 | <entry>5</entry> |
3340 | 218 | 218 | </row> | |
3341 | 219 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>النصائØ</title> | 219 | <row> |
3342 | 220 | <para> | 220 | <entry>كم عدد الأسلØØ© الهجومية؟</entry> |
3343 | 221 | تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم Ù†Ù�سك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى Ù…Ù�صّلا | 221 | <entry>واØد</entry> |
3344 | 222 | كلمة الØÙ‚ بالاستقامة." | 222 | </row> |
3345 | 223 | </para> | 223 | <row> |
3346 | 224 | <para> | 224 | <entry>وماهو؟</entry> |
3347 | 225 | كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن Ù�يكم كلمة Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ø¨ØºÙ†Ù‰ وانتم بكل Øكمة معلّمون ومنذرون | 225 | <entry>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</entry> |
3348 | 226 | بعضكم بعضا بمزامير ÙˆØªØ³Ø§Ø¨ÙŠØ ÙˆØ§ØºØ§Ù†ÙŠ روØية بنعمة مترنمين Ù�ÙŠ قلوبكم للرب." | 226 | </row> |
3349 | 227 | </para> | 227 | </tbody> |
3350 | 228 | 228 | </tgroup> | |
3351 | 229 | <para>عندما تكون غنياً �ي شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ </para> | 229 | </table> |
3352 | 230 | <para> | 230 | </sect1> |
3353 | 231 | ليس بالقليل!</para> | 231 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> |
3354 | 232 | 232 | <title>النصائØ</title> | |
3355 | 233 | <para> | 233 | <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a |
3356 | 234 | الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الØكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات | 234 | workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of |
3357 | 235 | قد أعطيت من راع واØد. وبقي Ù�من هذا يا ابني تØذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية | 235 | truth.</emphasis>"</para> |
3358 | 236 | والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد." | 236 | <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with |
3359 | 237 | </para> </sect1> | 237 | all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and |
3360 | 238 | 238 | spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to | |
3361 | 239 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>ملØÙ‚: "مرة واØدة من أجل الجميع"</title> | 239 | God.</emphasis>"</para> |
3362 | 240 | <blockquote> | 240 | <para>عندما تكون غنياً �ي شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</para> |
3363 | 241 | <attribution>المؤل�: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر: | 241 | <para>ليس بالقليل!</para> |
3364 | 242 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107</attribution> <para>الØقيقة Ù�يما يتعلق بكÙ�اية عمل الله Ù�ÙŠ Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ØªØªØ¬Ù„Ù‰ Ù�ÙŠ إستخدام كلمة واØدة Ù�ÙŠ | 242 | <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters |
3365 | 243 | العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) و (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة | 243 | of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one |
3366 | 244 | 'مرة واØدة' لتعني مرة واØدة من أجل الجميع. Ù�الكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على | 244 | Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is |
3367 | 245 | صلاØية أبدية لا تØتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص Ù�ÙŠ | 245 | endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the |
3368 | 246 | العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واØدة إلى جميع | 246 | body.</emphasis>"</para> |
3369 | 247 | القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )، ويقول بولس �ي رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته | 247 | </sect1> |
3370 | 248 | للخطية مرة واØدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 Ø› العبرانيين 9 | 248 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> |
3371 | 249 | : 26 - 28) </para> <para> | 249 | <title>ملØÙ‚: "مرة واØدة من أجل الجميع"</title> |
3372 | 250 | ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واØدة للجميع وأن Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ØªØ£Ù„Ù… مرة واØدة | 250 | <blockquote> |
3373 | 251 | من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيØÙŠ والخلاص المسيØÙŠ مكتملان | 251 | <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the |
3374 | 252 | Ù�ÙŠ المسيØ. ومØاولة الإضاÙ�Ø© إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيØ... وهما الصخرتان | 252 | Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> |
3375 | 253 | اللتان بنيت عليهما Øركة Ø§Ù„Ø¥ØµÙ„Ø§Ø -- Ù�الله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تØتاج لإضاÙ�Ø© | 253 | <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed |
3376 | 254 | تقاليد البشر، ÙˆØ§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù‚Ø¯ أتم العمل وهو لا ÙŠØتاج لإضاÙ�Ø© إستØقاق البشر. وكان | 254 | by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb |
3377 | 255 | الشعار الاساسي للمصلØين هو "ÙˆØده الكتاب المقدس" يكÙ�ÙŠ لتعليمنا Ùˆ "ÙˆØدها | 255 | <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and |
3378 | 256 | النعمة" تك�ي لخلاصنا.</para> | 256 | <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the |
3379 | 257 | </blockquote> | 257 | Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done |
3380 | 258 | </sect1> | 258 | as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in |
3381 | 259 | 259 | the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith | |
3382 | 260 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>ملØÙ‚: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> <para> إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك | 260 | which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " |
3383 | 261 | تستطيع تنÙ�يذ أكثر من برنامج Ù�ÙŠ Ù†Ù�س الوقت إذا Ø£Øببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع | 261 | <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see |
3384 | 262 | #4، أو #2 مع #5. نوع البرنامج المختار من سنة لأخرى ليظل متجدداً. | 262 | also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> |
3385 | 263 | </para> | 263 | <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered |
3386 | 264 | <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> | 264 | once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian |
3387 | 265 | <listitem><para>العهد الجديد Ù�ÙŠ سنة: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم، 5 أيام Ù�ÙŠ الأسبوع.</para></listitem> | 265 | redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either |
3388 | 266 | <listitem><para>سÙ�ر الأمثال Ù�ÙŠ شهر: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من سÙ�ر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتواÙ�Ù‚ مع اليوم | 266 | without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the |
3389 | 267 | المقابل له �ي الشهر.</para></listitem> | 267 | Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition |
3390 | 268 | <listitem><para>س�ر المزامير �ي شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير ب�ارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم �ي كل يوم، على | 268 | of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human |
3391 | 269 | سبيل �ي اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</para></listitem> | 269 | merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola |
3392 | 270 | <listitem><para>المزامير والأمثال �ي 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب �ي س�ر المزامير والأمثال بواقع | 270 | scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola |
3393 | 271 | اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم.</para></listitem> | 271 | gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> |
3394 | 272 | <listitem><para>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال Ù�ÙŠ سنتين: إذا قرأت اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من العهد | 272 | </blockquote> |
3395 | 273 | </sect1> | ||
3396 | 274 | <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> | ||
3397 | 275 | <title>ملØÙ‚: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> | ||
3398 | 276 | <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do | ||
3399 | 277 | more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with | ||
3400 | 278 | #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> | ||
3401 | 279 | <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> | ||
3402 | 280 | <listitem> | ||
3403 | 281 | <para>العهد الجديد Ù�ÙŠ سنة: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم، 5 أيام Ù�ÙŠ الأسبوع.</para> | ||
3404 | 282 | </listitem> | ||
3405 | 283 | <listitem> | ||
3406 | 284 | <para>سÙ�ر الأمثال Ù�ÙŠ شهر: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من سÙ�ر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتواÙ�Ù‚ مع اليوم | ||
3407 | 285 | المقابل له �ي الشهر.</para> | ||
3408 | 286 | </listitem> | ||
3409 | 287 | <listitem> | ||
3410 | 288 | <para>س�ر المزامير �ي شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير ب�ارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم �ي كل يوم، على | ||
3411 | 289 | سبيل �ي اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</para> | ||
3412 | 290 | </listitem> | ||
3413 | 291 | <listitem> | ||
3414 | 292 | <para>المزامير والأمثال �ي 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب �ي س�ر المزامير والأمثال بواقع | ||
3415 | 293 | اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم.</para> | ||
3416 | 294 | </listitem> | ||
3417 | 295 | <listitem> | ||
3418 | 296 | <para>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال Ù�ÙŠ سنتين: إذا قرأت اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من العهد | ||
3419 | 273 | القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم �ي | 297 | القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم �ي |
3425 | 274 | سنتين وأسبوعين. | 298 | سنتين وأسبوعين.</para> |
3426 | 275 | </para></listitem> | 299 | </listitem> |
3427 | 276 | </orderedlist> | 300 | </orderedlist> |
3428 | 277 | </sect1> | 301 | </sect1> |
3424 | 278 | |||
3429 | 279 | </chapter> | 302 | </chapter> |
3430 | 280 | |||
3431 | 281 | 303 | ||
3432 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook' | |||
3433 | --- docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
3434 | +++ docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
3435 | @@ -1,240 +1,271 @@ | |||
3459 | 1 | <chapter id="h2-rules"><title>قواعد ت�سير الكتاب المقدس</title> | 1 | <chapter id="h2-rules"> |
3460 | 2 | <para>بعد أن تØدثنا عن المØتوى والسياق والمراجع ذات الصلة. نود أن نتعمق أكثر | 2 | <title>قواعد تÙ�سير الكتاب المقدس</title> |
3461 | 3 | بالØديث عن قواعد التÙ�سير الكتابي، والتي تهدÙ� إلى إكتشاÙ� المعنى الأصلي الذي | 3 | <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We |
3462 | 4 | يقصده كاتب النص (والوØÙŠ بالطبع!). وبينما هناك العديد من التطبيقات العملية | 4 | want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose |
3463 | 5 | الصØÙŠØØ© للنص، هناك تÙ�سير واØد صØÙŠØ Ù„Ù‡. الكتاب المقدس Ù†Ù�سه يقول أنه لا توجد | 5 | goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and |
3464 | 6 | نصوص ذات ت�سير خاص. ( بطرس الثانية 1 : 20 "عالمين هذا اولا ان كل نبوة الكتاب | 6 | Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one |
3465 | 7 | ليست من تÙ�سير خاص." ). هناك قواعد معينة تساعدنا على إكتشاÙ� المعنى الØقيقي، | 7 | interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no |
3466 | 8 | وإذا تجاهلنا هذه القواعد نخطئ خطئاً كبير Ù�ÙŠ ØÙ‚ أنÙ�سنا ÙˆØÙ‚ سامعينا. ( بطرس | 8 | scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing |
3467 | 9 | الثانية 3 : 16 "... التي Ù�يها اشياء عسرة الÙ�هم ÙŠØرّÙ�ها غير العلماء وغير | 9 | this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private |
3468 | 10 | الثابتين كباقي الكتب ايضا لهلاك ان�سهم." )</para> | 10 | interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the |
3469 | 11 | 11 | correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on | |
3470 | 12 | <para>كيÙ� نتمكن من إكتشاÙ� المعني المقصود Ù�ÙŠ Ø£Øد الÙ�قرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى | 12 | themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things |
3471 | 13 | Ø£Øد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضØاً بالنسبة لك. كيÙ� يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه | 13 | hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also |
3472 | 14 | القواعد �ي ذهنك وأنت تدرس:</para> | 14 | the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> |
3473 | 15 | 15 | <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say | |
3474 | 16 | <section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>القاعدة 1 - Ù�سر Øسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</title> | 16 | your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not |
3475 | 17 | <para>كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصØÙŠØØŒ الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تÙ�سيرنا | 17 | clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> |
3476 | 18 | Ø£Ù�ضل. Øاول إيجاد المعنى المضبوط للكلمات المÙ�تاØية بإستخدام هذه الخطوات: </para> | 18 | <section id="h2-rules-exact"> |
3477 | 19 | 19 | <title>القاعدة 1 - Ù�سر Øسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</title> | |
3478 | 20 | <orderedlist> | 20 | <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the |
3479 | 21 | <listitem> | 21 | better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key |
3480 | 22 | <formalpara><title>التعري�</title> | 22 | words by following these steps:</para> |
3481 | 23 | <para>ابØØ« عن المعنى Ù�ÙŠ القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأÙ�عال، زمن الÙ�عل | 23 | <orderedlist> |
3482 | 24 | <listitem> | ||
3483 | 25 | <formalpara> | ||
3484 | 26 | <title>التعري�</title> | ||
3485 | 27 | <para>ابØØ« عن المعنى Ù�ÙŠ القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأÙ�عال، زمن الÙ�عل | ||
3486 | 24 | أيضاً يكون Øاسماً.</para> | 28 | أيضاً يكون Øاسماً.</para> |
3690 | 25 | </formalpara> | 29 | </formalpara> |
3691 | 26 | </listitem> | 30 | </listitem> |
3692 | 27 | 31 | <listitem> | |
3693 | 28 | <listitem> | 32 | <formalpara> |
3694 | 29 | <formalpara><title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> | 33 | <title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> |
3695 | 30 | <para>قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كي�ية إستخدام ن�س الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية | 34 | <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word |
3696 | 31 | (وليست الكلمة العربية) Ù�ÙŠ النص قد ÙŠÙˆØ¶Ø Ø£Ùˆ يلقي مزيداً من الضوء على | 35 | (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light |
3697 | 32 | التعري�. كي� يستخدم ن�س الكاتب هذه الكلمة �ي أماكن اخرى؟ وكي� يستخدمها كتاب | 36 | on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other |
3698 | 33 | أخرين؟ قد تو�ر لك أدوات المراجع إستخدامات للكلمة �ي وثائق غير كتابية | 37 | authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical |
3699 | 34 | أيضاً. ولماذا علينا الرجوع إلى اللغات الاصلية؛ ألا تك�ي الكلمة العربية؟ لأن | 38 | documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why |
3700 | 35 | هناك أكثر من كلمة يونانية يمكن ترجمتها إلى ن�س الكلمة العربية، ولأن الكلمات | 39 | isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek |
3701 | 36 | اليونانية قد تعطي Ø£Øيانا بعض الÙ�وارق الدقيقة جداً Ù�ÙŠ المعنى.</para> | 40 | word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may |
3702 | 37 | </formalpara> | 41 | have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> |
3703 | 38 | </listitem> | 42 | </formalpara> |
3704 | 39 | </orderedlist> | 43 | </listitem> |
3705 | 40 | 44 | </orderedlist> | |
3706 | 41 | <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>مثال 1 أ</title> | 45 | <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> |
3707 | 42 | <para>يوØنا 20 : 17 "لا تلمسيني" قد تبدو هذه الكلمة صعبة بعض الشيء، أليس كذلك؟ | 46 | <title>مثال 1 Ø£</title> |
3708 | 43 | �هنا يبدو أن يسوع لايريد أن ي�لمس بعد قيامته، كما لو أن السبب هو قدسية غامضة | 47 | <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? |
3709 | 44 | أو شيء من هذا القبيل. ولكن هذا لا يبدو صØÙŠØاً، لذا دعنا نبØØ« عن الكلمة | 48 | Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He |
3710 | 45 | بإستخدام "The Complete Word Study New Testament" للمؤل� Spiros Zodhiates ( | 49 | is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up |
3711 | 46 | الناشر: AMG Publishers، 1991).</para> | 50 | in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New |
3712 | 47 | 51 | Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> | |
3713 | 48 | <para>بالرجوع إلى يوØنا 20 : 17ØŒ سنرى Ù�وق كلمة "تلمسيني" الرمز "pim680." الØروÙ� | 52 | <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." |
3714 | 49 | تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبØØ« عن التعريÙ� | 53 | The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to |
3715 | 50 | (ص879). "680. Haptomai; من hapto (681), يلمس. �عل يشير إلى التعامل مع جسم | 54 | Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition |
3716 | 51 | ما بطريقة تؤثر عليه أو تغير �يه... وهي تختل� عن pselaphao (5584), والتي تعني | 55 | (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling |
3717 | 52 | Ù�ÙŠ الواقع مجرد لمس Ø³Ø·Ø Ø£Øد الأشياء. " والآن لنبØØ« عن "pim." الرموز النØوية | 56 | of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from |
3718 | 53 | عند Zodhiates تأتي بعد الرؤيا؛ �ي ص849 نرى ان pim تأتي �ي زمن "present | 57 | pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of |
3719 | 54 | imperative active (80)". �ي ص857، وهذا الزمن عندما يأتي هكذا بصيغة الأمر | 58 | something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right |
3720 | 55 | يعبر عن الأمر ب�عل شيء ما �ي المستقبل بطريقة مستمرة أو متكررة، وعندما يأتي | 59 | after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative |
3721 | 56 | بصيغة النهي يعبر عن الأمر بإيقا� �عل شيء ما. " بما أن ال�عل �ي الآية جاء �ي | 60 | active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may |
3722 | 57 | صيغة النهي، إذاً Ù�هي تعني الأمر بإيقاÙ� Ù�عل ما كان ÙŠØدث بالÙ�عل. إذاً، ما الذي | 61 | indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous |
3723 | 58 | توصلنا إليه من هذا؟ أن مريم بال�عل كانت تمسك بيسوع، وأنه يطلب منها أن تتوق� | 62 | or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing |
3724 | 59 | عن هذا.</para> | 63 | something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something |
3725 | 60 | <para><emphasis>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بال�عل، وهو يخبرها بأن تك� عن الإمساك به! | 64 | that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> |
3726 | 61 | </emphasis></para> | 65 | <para> |
3727 | 62 | </section> | 66 | <emphasis>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بال�عل، وهو يخبرها بأن تك� عن الإمساك به! |
3728 | 63 | 67 | </emphasis> | |
3729 | 64 | <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>مثال 1 ب</title> | 68 | </para> |
3730 | 65 | <para>�ي يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). �ما هو | 69 | </section> |
3731 | 66 | دهان الزيت المقصود؟</para> | 70 | <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> |
3732 | 67 | <para>تعري� aleipho (218) هو - "يدهن" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية أخرى | 71 | <title>مثال 1 ب</title> |
3733 | 68 | تترجم بمعنى "يدهن" chrio (5548) وتعريÙ�ها هو - "Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³Ø Ø£Ùˆ دهن بالزيت، مثل | 72 | <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is |
3734 | 69 | Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³Ø Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø²ÙŠØª لتقديس مكان أو خدمة دينية" (سترونج). وبما أن الكلمة Ù�عل، إذاً | 73 | sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> |
3735 | 70 | علينا أن ننظر لزمن ال�عل أيضاً، "apta" أو aorist participle active. "وزمن | 74 | <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another |
3736 | 71 | الaorist participle يعبر عن �عل بسيط وليس مستمراً... وعلاقته بال�عل الرئيسي | 75 | Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, |
3737 | 72 | مؤقتة، وهو عادة ما يشير إلى �عل يسبق ال�عل الرئيسي." (Zodhiates ص851)</para> | 76 | i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's |
3738 | 73 | 77 | a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The | |
3739 | 74 | <itemizedlist> | 78 | aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous |
3740 | 75 | <listitem><para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: <orderedlist> | 79 | action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually |
3741 | 76 | <listitem><para>متى 6 : 17 واما انت �متى صمت �ادهن راسك</para></listitem> | 80 | signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> |
3742 | 77 | <listitem><para>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة | 81 | <itemizedlist> |
3743 | 78 | Øنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</para></listitem> | 82 | <listitem> |
3744 | 79 | <listitem><para>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين �ش�وهم.</para></listitem> | 83 | <para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: <orderedlist> |
3745 | 80 | <listitem><para>لوقا 7 : 38 ووق�ت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت | 84 | <listitem> |
3746 | 81 | تمسØهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</para></listitem> | 85 | <para>متى 6 : 17 واما انت Ù�متى صمت Ù�ادهن راسك</para> |
3747 | 82 | <listitem><para>يوØنا 12 : 3 Ù�اخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع | 86 | </listitem> |
3748 | 83 | ومسØت قدميه بشعرها.</para></listitem> | 87 | <listitem> |
3749 | 84 | </orderedlist></para> | 88 | <para>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة |
3750 | 85 | </listitem> | 89 | Øنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</para> |
3751 | 86 | 90 | </listitem> | |
3752 | 87 | <listitem><para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <orderedlist> | 91 | <listitem> |
3753 | 88 | <listitem><para>لوقا 4 : 18 "Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ø±Ø¨ عليّ لانه مسØني لابشر المساكين ..."</para></listitem> | 92 | <para>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين Ù�Ø´Ù�وهم.</para> |
3754 | 89 | <listitem><para>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) Ù�تاك القدوس الذي مسØته</para></listitem> | 93 | </listitem> |
3755 | 90 | <listitem><para>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيÙ� مسØÙ‡ الله Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù‚Ø¯Ø³ والقوة</para></listitem> | 94 | <listitem> |
3756 | 91 | <listitem><para>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم Ù�ÙŠ Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ÙˆÙ‚Ø¯ مسØنا هو الله</para></listitem> | 95 | <para>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقÙ�ت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت |
3757 | 92 | </orderedlist></para> | 96 | تمسØهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</para> |
3758 | 93 | </listitem> | 97 | </listitem> |
3759 | 94 | </itemizedlist> | 98 | <listitem> |
3760 | 95 | 99 | <para>يوØنا 12 : 3 Ù�اخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع | |
3761 | 96 | <para>إذاً ما هو الÙ�رق بين aleipho Ùˆ chrioØŸ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة | 100 | ومسØت قدميه بشعرها.</para> |
3762 | 97 | والتعري�ات، وقم بتلخيص ال�ارق: "aleipho" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و "chrio" | 101 | </listitem> |
3763 | 98 | هو الإستخدام الروØÙŠ.</para> | 102 | </orderedlist></para> |
3764 | 99 | 103 | </listitem> | |
3765 | 100 | <para>وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت �ي ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام | 104 | <listitem> |
3766 | 101 | الكلمة ذاتها)ØŒ عندما قام السامري Ø§Ù„ØµØ§Ù„Ø Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø¥Ø¹ØªÙ†Ø§Ø¡ بالرجل الذي ضربه اللصوص عن | 105 | <para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <orderedlist> |
3767 | 102 | طريق سكب الزيت والخمر على الجروØ. لذا Ù�الزيت كانت له إستخدامات طبية Ù�ÙŠ زمن | 106 | <listitem> |
3768 | 103 | السيد المسيØ. | 107 | <para>لوقا 4 : 18 "Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ø±Ø¨ عليّ لانه مسØني لابشر المساكين ..."</para> |
3769 | 104 | </para> | 108 | </listitem> |
3770 | 105 | <para>والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 "أمريض اØد | 109 | <listitem> |
3771 | 106 | بينكم Ù�ليدع شيوخ الكنيسة Ù�يصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب." هل المعنى | 110 | <para>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) Ù�تاك القدوس الذي مسØته</para> |
3772 | 107 | المقصود من دهان الزيت هنا روØÙŠ أم عملي؟ الإجابة: عملي!</para> | 111 | </listitem> |
3773 | 108 | <para> | 112 | <listitem> |
3774 | 109 | وزمن الÙ�عل Ù�ÙŠ اليونانية هو، the aorist participleØŒ والذي يعني "بعد أن يدهنوه | 113 | <para>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيÙ� مسØÙ‡ الله Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù‚Ø¯Ø³ والقوة</para> |
3775 | 110 | بزيت," أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة ("باسم الرب" تعود على الصلاة | 114 | </listitem> |
3776 | 111 | وليس دهان الزيت). إن يعقوب 5 يخبرنا بأن على شيوخ الكنيسة إعطاء الدواء للشخص | 115 | <listitem> |
3777 | 112 | المريض والصلاة من أجله Ù�ÙŠ اسم الرب. ألا يعبر هذا عن التوازن الجميل الذي | 116 | <para>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم Ù�ÙŠ Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ÙˆÙ‚Ø¯ مسØنا هو الله</para> |
3778 | 113 | يطلبه منا الله بين الجانب العملي والروØÙŠ. | 117 | </listitem> |
3779 | 114 | </para> | 118 | </orderedlist></para> |
3780 | 115 | </section> | 119 | </listitem> |
3781 | 116 | </section> | 120 | </itemizedlist> |
3782 | 117 | 121 | <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the | |
3783 | 118 | <section id="h2-rules-context"> | 122 | cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: |
3784 | 119 | <title>القاعدة 2 - Ù�سر Øسب السياق الكتابي</title> | 123 | <emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a |
3785 | 120 | <para>�سر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد �ي كلا | 124 | spiritual</emphasis></para> |
3786 | 121 | الجانبين؟ ماهو طابع الاصØاØØŸ السÙ�ر؟ هل يتماشى تÙ�سيرك مع هذا؟ إذا كانت | 125 | <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of |
3787 | 122 | الإجابة بلا، إذاً Ù�تÙ�سيرك خاطيء. عادة، يوÙ�ر السياق ما Ù†Øتاج إليه لكي Ù†Ù�سر | 126 | oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by |
3788 | 123 | النص بطريقة صØÙŠØØ©. السياق هو المÙ�تاØ. وإذا كان لا يزال هناك إلتباس بالمعنى | 127 | robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in |
3789 | 124 | بعد أن نكون قد Ù�سرنا النص Ù�ÙŠ ضوء السياق، إذاً علينا أن نبØØ« بشكل أعمق.</para> | 128 | Jesus' day.</para> |
3790 | 125 | 129 | <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 | |
3791 | 126 | <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>مثال 2 أ</title> | 130 | <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; |
3792 | 127 | <para>تكلمنا Ù�ÙŠ درس سابق عن يوØنا 3 : 5 "يولد من الماء والروØ" Ù�ÙŠ ضوء السياق، ماهو | 131 | and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the |
3793 | 128 | الماء المقصود �ي المناقشة هنا؟</para> | 132 | Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> |
3794 | 129 | <para>لم تكن المعمودية بالماء هي المقصودة �ي المناقشة هنا، لأن هذا كان سيكون | 133 | <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated |
3795 | 130 | بمثابة تØول كبير Ù�ÙŠ موضوع النقاش بين الرب يسوع ونيقوديموس. كن منتبهاً دائماً | 134 | "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in |
3796 | 131 | إلى تغير مجرى الØديث، Ù�ربما يكون مؤشراً لإبتعاد تÙ�سيرك عن الطريق الصØÙŠØ! | 135 | the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is |
3797 | 132 | الماء هو السائل الذي ÙŠØيط بالجنين، " يولد من الماء" = الولادة الطبيعية.</para> | 136 | saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him |
3798 | 133 | </section> | 137 | in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of |
3799 | 134 | <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>مثال 2 ب</title> | 138 | practical and spiritual in our God!</para> |
3800 | 135 | <para>يجب أن ت�سر الآية �ي كورنثوس الأولى 14 : 34 "لتصمت نساؤكم �ي الكنائس" مع | 139 | </section> |
3801 | 136 | السياق الكتابي �ي كورنثوس الأولى 11 : 5 "كل امرأة تصلّي او تتنبأ [...]"</para> | 140 | </section> |
3802 | 137 | </section> | 141 | <section id="h2-rules-context"> |
3803 | 138 | <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>مثال 2 ج</title> | 142 | <title>القاعدة 2 - Ù�سر Øسب السياق الكتابي</title> |
3804 | 139 | <para>أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 "Ù�قال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واØد منكم على اسم يسوع | 143 | <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on |
3805 | 140 | Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù„ØºÙ�ران الخطايا ‎[...]". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا | 144 | each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your |
3806 | 141 | كانت هذه هي الآية الوØيدة التي لدينا Ù�ÙŠ الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص Ù�ربما كنا | 145 | interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context |
3807 | 142 | سنستنتج هذا. لكن Ù�ÙŠ ضوء التعليم Ø§Ù„ÙˆØ§Ø¶Ø Ù�ÙŠ مواضع أخرى بأن التجديد يتم عن طريق | 146 | supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If |
3808 | 143 | الإيمان بيسوع المسيØØŒ إذاً ينبغي أن يختلÙ� تÙ�سيرنا لهذه الآية مع التجديد | 147 | confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text |
3809 | 144 | بالمعمودية. إن بطرس هنا ÙŠØØ« سامعيه على المعمودية كإشارة إستجابة لبشارة | 148 | within its context, we have to look further.</para> |
3810 | 145 | الإنجيل. لو كانت المعمودية هي الطريق للولادة الثانية، لما كان بولس يقول �ي | 149 | <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> |
3811 | 146 | كورنثوس الأولى 1 : 17 "لان Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù„Ù… يرسلني لاعمد بل لابشر."ØŸ | 150 | <title>مثال 2 Ø£</title> |
3812 | 147 | </para> | 151 | <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the |
3813 | 148 | </section> | 152 | Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> |
3814 | 149 | </section> | 153 | <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from |
3815 | 150 | 154 | the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden | |
3816 | 151 | <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> | 155 | change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been |
3817 | 152 | <title>القاعدة 3 - Ù�سر Øسب السياق التاريخي والثقاÙ�ÙŠ</title> | 156 | derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> |
3818 | 153 | <para> | 157 | </section> |
3819 | 154 | السؤال الصØÙŠØ Ù‡Ù†Ø§ Ù�ÙŠ الأساس لا يكون "مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟" بل "ما الذي | 158 | <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> |
3820 | 155 | كان يعنيه للقراء الأصليين؟" ثم بعدها نستطيع التساؤل "مامعنى النص بالنسبة | 159 | <title>مثال 2 ب</title> |
3821 | 156 | لي؟". علينا أن نأخذ الخل�ية التاريخية والثقا�ية للكاتب والمتلقي بعين | 160 | <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to |
3822 | 157 | الإعتبار.</para> | 161 | be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] |
3823 | 158 | 162 | while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> | |
3824 | 159 | <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>مثال 3 أ</title><para> "ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال" ( متى 12 : 40 ) د�عت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم | 163 | </section> |
3825 | 160 | يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيÙ� يمكن أن يكون Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù‚Ø¯ مات Ù�ÙŠ | 164 | <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> |
3826 | 161 | بعد ظهر يوم الجمعة وقام Ù�ÙŠ ØµØ¨Ø§Ø Ø§Ù„Ø£Øد ØŒ ويتÙ�Ù‚ هذا مع قول متى ( 16 : 21 ) | 165 | <title>مثال 2 ج</title> |
3827 | 162 | "ÙˆÙ�ÙŠ اليوم الثالث يقوم"ØŸ التÙ�سير الØرÙ�ÙŠ لمعنى كلمة "ثلاثة" Ùˆ "أيام" لن يساعد | 166 | <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be |
3828 | 163 | �ي ت�سير التناقض الظاهري.</para> | 167 | baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins |
3829 | 164 | <para>Ù†Øتاج إلى Øقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل، | 168 | [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the |
3830 | 165 | مثلما نقوم Ù†ØÙ† بعد أكواب المياة (إذا كانوا 6 أكواب ممتلئة وكوب نصÙ� ممتلئ)ØŒ | 169 | only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the |
3831 | 166 | ونقول أن هناك سبعة أكواب Øتى لو كان Ø£Øدهم نصÙ� ممتلئ. كذلك كان اليهود ينظرون | 170 | light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in |
3832 | 167 | للأمر، أي جزء من اليوم يعد بيوم كامل، والأيام كانت تبدأ �ي الساعة السادسة | 171 | Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way |
3833 | 168 | مساءاً وتنتهي �ي السادسة مساءاً. إذا الجمعة من الساعة الثالثة إلى السادسة | 172 | for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to |
3834 | 169 | مساءاً = اليوم الأول. الجمعة من السادسة مساءاً إلى السبت السادسة مساءاً = | 173 | being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did |
3835 | 170 | اليوم الثاني. السبت من الساعة السادسة مساءاً إلى الأØد الخامسة صباØاً أو Ù†ØÙˆ | 174 | not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> |
3836 | 171 | ذلك = اليوم الثالث. لهذا Ù�التÙ�سير بØسب السياق الثقاÙ�ÙŠ يجنبنا الأخطاء.</para> | 175 | </section> |
3837 | 172 | </section> | 176 | </section> |
3838 | 173 | 177 | <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> | |
3839 | 174 | <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>مثال 3 ب</title><para>تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الØيوانات إلى نصÙ�ين والعبور | 178 | <title>القاعدة 3 - Ù�سر Øسب السياق التاريخي والثقاÙ�ÙŠ</title> |
3840 | 175 | بين الأجزاء كانت هي الوسيلة المعتادة لإبرام المواثيق �ي ايام ابرام. �كلا | 179 | <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but |
3841 | 176 | الطر�ين كان يسير �ي الوسط، أخذاً عهداً على ن�سه بأن تقطع أوصاله مالم يقم | 180 | <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, |
3842 | 177 | بتن�يذ الجانب الخاص به من الميثاق. لكن �ي القصة المذكورة هنا كان الله �قط هو | 181 | <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the |
3843 | 178 | من عبر Ù�ÙŠ الوسط، مما يجعله إتÙ�اقاً من طرÙ� واØد.</para> | 182 | historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> |
3844 | 179 | </section> | 183 | <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> |
3845 | 180 | </section> | 184 | <title>مثال 3 أ</title> |
3846 | 181 | 185 | <para> | |
3847 | 182 | <section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>القاعدة 4 - Ù�سر Øسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات Ù�ÙŠ اللغة</title> | 186 | <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with |
3848 | 183 | <para>تعامل مع اللغة الØرÙ�ية بØرÙ�ية Ùˆ اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاØات | 187 | a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could |
3849 | 184 | التي يكون لها معاني خاصة.</para> | 188 | Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the |
3850 | 185 | 189 | third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help | |
3851 | 186 | <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>مثال 4 أ</title> | 190 | explain the apparent contradiction.</para> |
3852 | 187 | <para>"العين الشريرة" �ي متى 6 : 23.</para> | 191 | <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, |
3853 | 188 | <para>قاعدة 1، تعري� كلمة "شريرة" و "عين" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، السياق | 192 | as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets |
3854 | 189 | يزيد من Øيرتنا. Ù�لا تبدو الÙ�كرة هنا أنها منسجمة مع ما قبلها وما بعدها! هذا | 193 | of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only |
3855 | 190 | إذاً تØذير لنا بأننا لم نتمكن من Ù�همها بشكل صØÙŠØ.</para> | 194 | partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full |
3856 | 191 | <para>ما لدينا هنا هو Ø¥ØµØ·Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¹Ø¨Ø±ÙŠØŒ "عين شريرة". دعنا نبØØ« عن الإستخدامات الأخرى | 195 | day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 |
3857 | 192 | لهذا المصطلØ: متى 20 : 15 "او ما ÙŠØÙ„ لي ان اÙ�عل ما اريد بما لي. أم عينك | 196 | p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to |
3858 | 193 | شريرة لاني انا صالØ." نجد هنا أن إمتلاك "عين شريرة" هو Ø¥ØµØ·Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¹Ø¨Ø±ÙŠ يعني كون | 197 | Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps |
3859 | 194 | الشخص بخيل أو Øسود. الآن نعود إلى متى 6 ونلاØظ كيÙ� أن Ù�همنا للعبارة بهذه | 198 | us out of trouble.</para> |
3860 | 195 | الطريقة يتناسب تماماً مع سياق النص.</para> | 199 | </section> |
3861 | 196 | </section> | 200 | <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> |
3862 | 197 | 201 | <title>مثال 3 ب</title> | |
3863 | 198 | <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>مثال 4 ب</title> | 202 | <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then |
3864 | 199 | <para>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</para> | 203 | walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in |
3865 | 200 | <para>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تØت."</para> | 204 | Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that |
3866 | 201 | <para> | 205 | dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of |
3867 | 202 | ÙŠØاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان Ù�ÙŠ يوم ما إنسان مثلنا | 206 | the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral |
3868 | 203 | بإستغلال الآيات التي تشير إلى الله بأجزاء بشرية. بمجرد أن ينجØوا Ù�ÙŠ إقناع | 207 | covenant.</para> |
3869 | 204 | الناس بهذا ينتقلون إلى التعليم بأن Ù�ÙŠ إستطاعتهم أن يصبØوا آلهة مثله! Ù�ÙŠ Ø£Øد | 208 | </section> |
3870 | 205 | المØاضرات التي كان يلقيها الدكتوروالتر مارتن (مؤلÙ� كتاب "مملكة البدع")ØŒ | 209 | </section> |
3871 | 206 | تØدته مجموعة من شيوخ المورمون بآيات مثل هذه. Ù�طلب د. مارتن من المورمون قراءة | 210 | <section id="h2-rules-normal"> |
3872 | 207 | آية أخرى: مزمور 91 : 4 "بخواÙ�يه يظللك وتØت اجنØته تØتمي".عندها قال والتر | 211 | <title>القاعدة 4 - Ù�سر Øسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات Ù�ÙŠ اللغة</title> |
3873 | 208 | مارتن، "لو اÙ�ترضنا جدلاً بصØØ© تÙ�سيركم للآيات التي ذكرتموها أن الله كان | 212 | <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And |
3874 | 209 | إنساناً، �تطبيق ن�س القواعد على الآية الأخيرة يؤدي إلى الإستنتاج بأنه كان | 213 | watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> |
3875 | 210 | طائراً". أما المورمون Ù�لم يتمكنوا إلا من الضØÙƒ بعدما أدركوا تÙ�اهة موقÙ�هم. | 214 | <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> |
3876 | 211 | </para> | 215 | <title>مثال 4 أ</title> |
3877 | 212 | </section> | 216 | <para> |
3878 | 213 | </section> | 217 | <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> |
3879 | 214 | 218 | <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: | |
3880 | 215 | <section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>القاعدة 5 - ا�هم الغرض من الأمثال وال�رق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title> | 219 | seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before |
3881 | 216 | <para>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر �يها له مغزى."</para> | 220 | and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> |
3882 | 217 | <para>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صØÙŠØØ© ام خاطئة؟</para> | 221 | <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up |
3883 | 218 | 222 | other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do | |
3884 | 219 | <para>بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: �البذرة | 223 | what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because |
3885 | 220 | هي كلمة الله، والأشواك هي الهموم والطمع، وهكذا. لكن معظم الأمثال ليست قصص | 224 | I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" |
3886 | 221 | تامة الرمزية ولكنها قصص بسيطة Ù„ØªÙˆØ¶ÙŠØ Ù†Ù‚Ø·Ø© واØدة. من الخطورة أن Ù†Øصل على | 225 | is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and |
3887 | 222 | عقيدة من المثل، �الأمثال من الممكن أن يتم تشكيلها عمداً لإيصال عدة معاني | 226 | notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> |
3888 | 223 | مختلÙ�Ø©. Ù†ØÙ† Ù†Øتاج إلى الØصول على عقيدتنا من النصوص الواضØØ© الموجودة بالكتاب | 227 | </section> |
3889 | 224 | المقدس، وعندها لا بأس إذا كان هناك مثلاً ÙŠÙˆØ¶Ø Ù‡Ø°Ø§.</para> | 228 | <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> |
3890 | 225 | 229 | <title>مثال 4 ب</title> | |
3891 | 226 | <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>مثال 5 أ</title> | 230 | <para>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</para> |
3892 | 227 | <para>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم Ù�ÙŠ لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واØداً: | 231 | <para>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تØت."</para> |
3893 | 232 | <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that | ||
3894 | 233 | God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they | ||
3895 | 234 | go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was | ||
3896 | 235 | giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of | ||
3897 | 236 | <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses | ||
3898 | 237 | like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: | ||
3899 | 238 | Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings | ||
3900 | 239 | shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of | ||
3901 | 240 | interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He | ||
3902 | 241 | is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the | ||
3903 | 242 | ridiculousness of their position.</para> | ||
3904 | 243 | </section> | ||
3905 | 244 | </section> | ||
3906 | 245 | <section id="h2-rules-parables"> | ||
3907 | 246 | <title>القاعدة 5 - ا�هم الغرض من الأمثال وال�رق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title> | ||
3908 | 247 | <para>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر �يها له مغزى."</para> | ||
3909 | 248 | <para>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صØÙŠØØ© ام خاطئة؟</para> | ||
3910 | 249 | <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an | ||
3911 | 250 | allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, | ||
3912 | 251 | etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate | ||
3913 | 252 | one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be | ||
3914 | 253 | twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear | ||
3915 | 254 | scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> | ||
3916 | 255 | <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> | ||
3917 | 256 | <title>مثال 5 أ</title> | ||
3918 | 257 | <para>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم Ù�ÙŠ لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واØداً: | ||
3919 | 228 | اللجاجة Ù�ÙŠ الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنØصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</para> | 258 | اللجاجة Ù�ÙŠ الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنØصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</para> |
3931 | 229 | <para>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: Ù�الله ÙŠØµØ¨Ø ÙˆÙƒØ£Ù†Ù‡ لا يرغب Ù�ÙŠ Øماية Øقوق الأرملة، وكأن | 259 | <para>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: Ù�الله ÙŠØµØ¨Ø ÙˆÙƒØ£Ù†Ù‡ لا يرغب Ù�ÙŠ Øماية Øقوق الأرملة، وكأن |
3932 | 230 | الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</para></section> | 260 | الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</para> |
3933 | 231 | 261 | </section> | |
3934 | 232 | <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>مثال 5 ب</title> | 262 | <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> |
3935 | 233 | <para>مثل وكيل الظلم �ي لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهد� من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة | 263 | <title>مثال 5 ب</title> |
3936 | 234 | الرمزية؟ </para> | 264 | <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of |
3937 | 235 | <para>Ø§Ù…ØªØ¯Ø ÙˆÙƒÙŠÙ„ الظلم على شيء واØد Ù�قط، ذكاءه Ù�ÙŠ إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم | 265 | the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> |
3938 | 236 | سيأتي وهو ليس معه. لكنه لم ÙŠÙ…ØªØ¯Ø Ø¹Ù„Ù‰ سلوكه الغير أخلاقي بغشه لسيده. </para> | 266 | <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he |
3939 | 237 | </section> | 267 | had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended |
3940 | 238 | 268 | for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> | |
3941 | 239 | </section> | 269 | </section> |
3942 | 270 | </section> | ||
3943 | 240 | </chapter> | 271 | </chapter> |
3944 | 241 | 272 | ||
3945 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook' | |||
3946 | --- docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
3947 | +++ docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
3948 | @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ | |||
3951 | 1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> | 1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> |
3952 | 2 | <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ | 2 | <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" |
3953 | 3 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" | ||
3954 | 4 | [ | ||
3955 | 3 | <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>بيبل تايم</application>'> | 5 | <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>بيبل تايم</application>'> |
3956 | 4 | <!ENTITY kapp "دليل استخدام بيبل تايم"> | 6 | <!ENTITY kapp "دليل استخدام بيبل تايم"> |
3957 | 5 | <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> | 7 | <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> |
3958 | @@ -7,66 +9,46 @@ | |||
3959 | 7 | <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> | 9 | <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> |
3960 | 8 | <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> | 10 | <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> |
3961 | 9 | ]> | 11 | ]> |
3962 | 10 | |||
3963 | 11 | <book> | 12 | <book> |
3964 | 12 | |||
3965 | 13 | <bookinfo> | 13 | <bookinfo> |
3988 | 14 | <title>كي�ية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> | 14 | <title>كي�ية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> |
3989 | 15 | 15 | <authorgroup> | |
3990 | 16 | <authorgroup> | 16 | <author> |
3991 | 17 | <author> | 17 | <firstname>بوب</firstname> |
3992 | 18 | <firstname>بوب</firstname> | 18 | <surname>هارمان</surname> |
3993 | 19 | <surname>هارمان</surname> | 19 | </author> |
3994 | 20 | </author> | 20 | <author> |
3995 | 21 | <author> | 21 | <firstname></firstname> |
3996 | 22 | <firstname></firstname> | 22 | <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> |
3997 | 23 | <surname>�ريق بيبل تايم</surname> | 23 | </author> |
3998 | 24 | </author> | 24 | </authorgroup> |
3999 | 25 | </authorgroup> | 25 | |
4000 | 26 | 26 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | |
4001 | 27 | 27 | <copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team | |
4002 | 28 | 28 | (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> | |
4003 | 29 | <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> | 29 | <legalnotice> |
4004 | 30 | <copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>�ريق بيبل تايم ; | 30 | <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under |
4005 | 31 | (info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> | 31 | the terms of the license <ulink |
3984 | 32 | |||
3985 | 33 | <legalnotice> | ||
3986 | 34 | <para> | ||
3987 | 35 | كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص <link | ||
4006 | 36 | url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons | 32 | url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons |
4036 | 37 | Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. | 33 | Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> |
4037 | 38 | </para> | 34 | <para>نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث �ان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.</para> |
4038 | 39 | <para> | 35 | </legalnotice> |
4039 | 40 | نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث �ان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك. | 36 | <abstract> |
4040 | 41 | </para> | 37 | <title>تلخيص</title> |
4041 | 42 | </legalnotice> | 38 | <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the |
4042 | 43 | 39 | Bible.</para> | |
4043 | 44 | <abstract> | 40 | <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the |
4044 | 45 | <title>تلخيص</title> | 41 | readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study |
4045 | 46 | 42 | guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular | |
4046 | 47 | <para> | 43 | denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures |
4047 | 48 | <application>كي�ية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</application> .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب | 44 | to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to |
4048 | 49 | المقدس | 45 | have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> |
4049 | 50 | </para> | 46 | </abstract> |
4050 | 51 | <para> | 47 | <keywordset> |
4051 | 52 | يتمنى �ريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كي�ية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً �ي تشجيع | 48 | <keyword>الكتاب المقدس</keyword> |
4052 | 53 | القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعر� إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل | 49 | <keyword>ادرس</keyword> |
4053 | 54 | بشكل خاص Ù„Øرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأÙ�كار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على | 50 | <keyword>كيÙ�ية دراسة</keyword> |
4054 | 55 | قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس ل�هم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع | 51 | </keywordset> |
4026 | 56 | الرب كلمته بقلبك �هو لن يدعك تخذل. | ||
4027 | 57 | </para> | ||
4028 | 58 | </abstract> | ||
4029 | 59 | |||
4030 | 60 | <keywordset> | ||
4031 | 61 | <keyword>الكتاب المقدس</keyword> | ||
4032 | 62 | <keyword>ادرس</keyword> | ||
4033 | 63 | <keyword>كي�ية دراسة</keyword> | ||
4034 | 64 | </keywordset> | ||
4035 | 65 | |||
4055 | 66 | </bookinfo> | 52 | </bookinfo> |
4061 | 67 | 53 | &howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; | |
4057 | 68 | &howto-chap1; | ||
4058 | 69 | &howto-chap2; | ||
4059 | 70 | &howto-chap3; | ||
4060 | 71 | |||
4062 | 72 | </book> | 54 | </book> |
4063 | 73 | 55 | ||
4064 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html' | |||
4065 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4066 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4067 | @@ -1,15 +1,12 @@ | |||
4075 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><p>الإستماع والقراءة يوفران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study |
4076 | 2 | الدراسة والحفظ يوفران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل في | 2 | and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the |
4077 | 3 | نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والحفظ لتتشكل | 3 | scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and |
4078 | 4 | الكلمة في أذهاننا.</p><div class="sect2" title="استمع"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div><p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="اقرأ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div><p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p><p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم " | 4 | cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="استمع"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div><p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="اقرأ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div><p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p><p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</p></div><div class="sect2" title="ادرس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة |
4079 | 5 | </p></div><div class="sect2" title="ادرس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة | 5 | بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎."</p><p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا |
4073 | 6 | بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎." | ||
4074 | 7 | </p><p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا | ||
4080 | 8 | كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="احفظ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>احفظ</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="تأمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>تأمل</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا | 6 | كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="احفظ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>احفظ</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="تأمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>تأمل</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا |
4081 | 9 | وليلا‎. ‎فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في | 7 | وليلا‎. ‎فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في |
4088 | 10 | اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح. | 8 | اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the |
4089 | 11 | </p><p>يفسر النافيجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك | 9 | fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first |
4090 | 12 | نستطيع التأمل في نفس وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. فالتأمل هو مفتاح الحصول على | 10 | four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and |
4091 | 13 | إعلان. يكون المسيحي الجديد في إحتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من | 11 | read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that |
4092 | 14 | حاجته إلى الدراسة والحفظ، وهذا لكي يصبح أكثر إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب | 12 | they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
4087 | 15 | المقدس.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | ||
4093 | 16 | 13 | ||
4094 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html' | |||
4095 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4096 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4097 | @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ | |||
4104 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div><p>تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the |
4105 | 2 | المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا | 2 | key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test |
4106 | 3 | بإختيار أعداداً مختلفة في الفقرة واسأل نفسك إن كانت تتسق مع فكرة الآية | 3 | it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they |
4107 | 4 | المفتاحية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واحد في ورقة الملاحظات الخاصة بك.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p></li></ol></div><p>ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي | 4 | relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman |
4108 | 5 | جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه الفكرة؟ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصوم</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصلي</p></li></ol></div><p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في | 5 | numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage |
4109 | 6 | القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اعطي في الخفاء</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>إلخ.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 6 | give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our |
4110 | 7 | motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصوم</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصلي</p></li></ol></div><p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في | ||
4111 | 8 | القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a | ||
4112 | 9 | trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اعطي في الخفاء</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>إلخ.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | ||
4113 | 7 | 10 | ||
4114 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html' | |||
4115 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4116 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4117 | @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
4121 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="المحتوى"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="المحتوى"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا |
4122 | 2 | تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="السياق"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن | 2 | تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="السياق"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the |
4123 | 3 | تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، | 3 | passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، |
4124 | 4 | لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 4 | لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
4125 | 5 | 5 | ||
4126 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html' | |||
4127 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4128 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4129 | @@ -1,1 +1,1 @@ | |||
4131 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الموضوعات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div><p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الشخصيات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="الدراسة التفسيرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الموضوعات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div><p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الشخصيات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="الدراسة التفسيرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
4132 | 2 | 2 | ||
4133 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html' | |||
4134 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4135 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4136 | @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ | |||
4150 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="كيف تجد آية محددة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p></li></ol></div><p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>"امينة هي جروح المحب"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p></li></ol></div><p> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="كيف تجد آية محددة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p></li></ol></div><p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> |
4151 | 2 | </p></div><div class="sect2" title="للقيام بدراسة موضوعية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </h3></div></div></div><p>لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الفداء." أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في الفهرس | 2 | "امينة هي جروح المحب" |
4152 | 3 | الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات ذات | 3 | </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> |
4153 | 4 | الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، فدية" بل وحتى "يشتري" أو | 4 | "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح" |
4154 | 5 | "اشترى." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا | 5 | </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="للقيام بدراسة موضوعية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would |
4155 | 6 | تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروحي فيحكم في كل | 6 | look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for |
4156 | 7 | شيء وهو لا يحكم فيه من احد" فالكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو | 7 | it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, |
4157 | 8 | يحكم هي "judge و judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلفتين في اليونانية، | 8 | e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge |
4158 | 9 | وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما في الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ؟ (من الآن فصاعداً | 9 | not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual |
4159 | 10 | سنستخدم أرقام سترونج) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث عن "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 | 10 | judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, |
4160 | 11 | والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>والآن قم بالبحث عن "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي | 11 | both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here |
4161 | 12 | اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 | 12 | out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, |
4162 | 13 | ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="لإيجاد معاني الاسماء"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div><p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p><p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>نابال</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابيجايل</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يشوع</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>برنابا</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 13 | 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the |
4163 | 14 | language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with | ||
4164 | 15 | the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="لإيجاد معاني الاسماء"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div><p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p><p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>نابال</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابيجايل</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يشوع</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>برنابا</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | ||
4165 | 14 | 16 | ||
4166 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html' | |||
4167 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4168 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4169 | @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ | |||
4174 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p> |
4175 | 2 | </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون | 2 | </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون |
4176 | 3 | ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> | 3 | ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> |
4177 | 4 | </p><p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر | 4 | </p><p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر |
4178 | 5 | "نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا | 5 | "نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا |
4184 | 6 | نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب. | 6 | نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was |
4185 | 7 | </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي | 7 | tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to |
4186 | 8 | الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات التوراة | 8 | himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." |
4187 | 9 | فقد إستطاع الحصول على الحياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة في حد ذاتها هي كل ما | 9 | Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously |
4188 | 10 | يبتغون. لكنهم للأسف كانوا مخدوعين في هذا.</p><p>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن | 10 | deceived. [...]</p><p>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن |
4189 | 11 | ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب | 11 | ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب |
4190 | 12 | المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: | 12 | المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: |
4191 | 13 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 13 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
4192 | 14 | 14 | ||
4193 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html' | |||
4194 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4195 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4196 | @@ -1,24 +1,30 @@ | |||
4221 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب كلام الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div><p>العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله حية وفعالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 : | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب كلام الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div><p> |
4222 | 2 | 4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من فم الله." عندما | 2 | <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and |
4223 | 3 | نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، فإن روح الله يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار. | 3 | active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" |
4224 | 4 | </p><p>في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله" هل تؤمن | 4 | <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every |
4225 | 5 | بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل في موقف يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم | 5 | word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" |
4226 | 6 | كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب | 6 | As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a |
4227 | 7 | قال' بنفس المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي في تكوين 2 : 24 | 7 | continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., |
4228 | 8 | بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنفس الطريقة قال، 'حسنا تنبأ | 8 | God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider |
4229 | 9 | اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'، عندما كان يشير إلى حديث مباشرمن | 9 | Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them |
4230 | 10 | الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 و اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع نفسه هو مصدر قناعة | 10 | all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God |
4231 | 11 | كتاب العهد الجديد بفكرة الدور الثنائي في كتابة الكتاب المقدس. فبالنسبة لهم | 11 | said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as |
4232 | 12 | كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً | 12 | an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well |
4233 | 13 | مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من الروح القدس' ( بطرس الثانية | 13 | did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went |
4234 | 14 | 1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت | 14 | on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It |
4235 | 15 | بطريقة تحرف أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الحقيقتين لا يمكن | 15 | is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their |
4236 | 16 | تجاهلهما. ... | 16 | conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true |
4237 | 17 | </p><p> | 17 | to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as |
4238 | 18 | هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد المسيح للنص المقدس. فشهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة | 18 | it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 |
4239 | 19 | الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيحيين يؤمنون بالوحي الإلهي للكتاب المقدس | 19 | Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality |
4240 | 20 | هو أن يسوع المسيح نفسه علم به. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: | 20 | of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word |
4241 | 21 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، "ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب | 21 | of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed |
4242 | 22 | الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح." إذا قبلنا | 22 | to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's |
4243 | 23 | فعلاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو | 23 | witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief |
4244 | 24 | مرجعنا في كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصرفات. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 24 | reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that |
4245 | 25 | Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: | ||
4246 | 26 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, | ||
4247 | 27 | for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped | ||
4248 | 28 | for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God | ||
4249 | 29 | speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of | ||
4250 | 30 | faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | ||
4251 | 25 | 31 | ||
4252 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html' | |||
4253 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4254 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4255 | @@ -1,12 +1,10 @@ | |||
4268 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="النصائح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div><p> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="النصائح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a |
4269 | 2 | تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا | 2 | workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of |
4270 | 3 | كلمة الحق بالاستقامة." | 3 | truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with |
4271 | 4 | </p><p> | 4 | all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and |
4272 | 5 | كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن فيكم كلمة المسيح بغنى وانتم بكل حكمة معلّمون ومنذرون | 5 | spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to |
4273 | 6 | بعضكم بعضا بمزامير وتسابيح واغاني روحية بنعمة مترنمين في قلوبكم للرب." | 6 | God.</em></span>"</p><p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</p><p>ليس بالقليل!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters |
4274 | 7 | </p><p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ </p><p> | 7 | of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one |
4275 | 8 | ليس بالقليل!</p><p> | 8 | Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is |
4276 | 9 | الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الحكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات | 9 | endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the |
4277 | 10 | قد أعطيت من راع واحد. وبقي فمن هذا يا ابني تحذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية | 10 | body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |
4266 | 11 | والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد." | ||
4267 | 12 | </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | ||
4278 | 13 | 11 | ||
4279 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html' | |||
4280 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4281 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4282 | @@ -1,8 +1,13 @@ | |||
4291 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحرر"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div><p> | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحرر"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make |
4292 | 2 | يوحنا 8 : 32 "وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة | 2 | you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional |
4293 | 3 | بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟ | 3 | or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the |
4294 | 4 | الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النصف الأول من الجملة في عدد 31. "ان ثبتم في كلامي | 4 | answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If |
4295 | 5 | فبالحقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..."</p><p>كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله.</p><p>عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريح" المذكورة في أفسس 4 : 14 في اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها | 5 | you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the |
4296 | 6 | تعني (ريح عنيفة). "كي لا نكون فيما بعد اطفالا مضطربين ومحمولين بكل ريح تعليم | 6 | truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent |
4297 | 7 | ..." واحد من الإمتيازات التي نحصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها | 7 | wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, |
4298 | 8 | تثبتنا في الحق، وبالتالي لا يصبح من السهل على الرياح أن "تقتلع جذورنا".</p><p>فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29</p><p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>كلمة الله</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قوة الله </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | 8 | tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of |
4299 | 9 | doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground | ||
4300 | 10 | us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> | ||
4301 | 11 | <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are | ||
4302 | 12 | mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of | ||
4303 | 13 | God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>كلمة الله</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قوة الله</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> | ||
4304 | 9 | 14 | ||
4305 | === modified file 'docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html' | |||
4306 | --- docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html 2011-12-23 20:32:12 +0000 | |||
4307 | +++ docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html 2013-07-03 15:52:30 +0000 | |||
4308 | @@ -1,16 +1,19 @@ | |||
4325 | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في | 1 | <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكت |
4310 | 2 | العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) و (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة | ||
4311 | 3 | 'مرة واحدة' لتعني مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع. فالكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على | ||
4312 | 4 | صلاحية أبدية لا تحتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص في | ||
4313 | 5 | العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واحدة إلى جميع | ||
4314 | 6 | القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )، ويقول بولس في رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته | ||
4315 | 7 | للخطية مرة واحدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 ؛ العبرانيين 9 | ||
4316 | 8 | : 26 - 28) </p><p> | ||
4317 | 9 | ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة | ||
4318 | 10 | من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان | ||
4319 | 11 | في المسيح. ومحاولة الإضافة إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيح... وهما الصخرتان | ||
4320 | 12 | اللتان بنيت عليهما حركة الإصلاح -- فالله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تحتاج لإضافة | ||
4321 | 13 | تقاليد البشر، والمسيح قد أتم العمل وهو لا يحتاج لإضافة إستحقاق البشر. وكان | ||
4322 | 14 | الشعار الاساسي للمصلحين هو "وحده الكتاب المقدس" يكفي لتعليمنا و "وحدها | ||
4323 | 15 | النعمة" تكفي لخلاصنا.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر: | ||
4324 | 16 | InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">النصائح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |